WO2023142960A1 - Folding mechanism and electronic device - Google Patents

Folding mechanism and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023142960A1
WO2023142960A1 PCT/CN2023/070823 CN2023070823W WO2023142960A1 WO 2023142960 A1 WO2023142960 A1 WO 2023142960A1 CN 2023070823 W CN2023070823 W CN 2023070823W WO 2023142960 A1 WO2023142960 A1 WO 2023142960A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
support plate
connecting arm
folding mechanism
groove
rotating
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/070823
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张宇
朱明超
甄海涛
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023142960A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023142960A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1615Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function
    • G06F1/1616Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0266Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
    • H04M1/0268Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of foldable electronic products, in particular to a folding mechanism and electronic equipment.
  • a traditional folding mobile phone includes a flexible screen, a first casing, a second casing and a folding mechanism.
  • the first shell and the second shell are used to carry the flexible screen.
  • the folding mechanism connects the first casing and the second casing.
  • the folding mechanism is used for unfolding or folding the first shell and the second shell relative to each other, and unfolding or folding the flexible screen.
  • the traditional folding mechanism has many parts and complex structure, which leads to high cost of the folding mechanism.
  • the present application provides a folding mechanism and electronic equipment with simple structure and low cost.
  • the folding mechanism can be applied in a folding device of electronic equipment.
  • the electronic device may further include a flexible screen mounted on the folder.
  • the present application provides a folding mechanism.
  • the folding mechanism includes a middle shell, a first supporting plate and a first connecting arm, the middle shell includes a first rotating part and a second rotating part arranged at intervals, the first supporting plate includes a rotating part and a sliding part, and the rotating part of the first supporting plate The second rotating portion of the middle shell is rotationally connected, and the sliding portion of the first support plate is located on a side of the second rotating portion away from the first rotating portion.
  • the first connecting arm includes a rotating part and a sliding part, the rotating part of the first connecting arm is rotatably connected to the first rotating part of the middle shell, and the sliding part of the first connecting arm is slidably connected to the sliding part of the first support plate.
  • the rotating part of the first support plate may be a rotating shaft structure.
  • the second rotating part of the middle shell may be a second groove.
  • the rotating part of the first support plate is rotatably connected to the second rotating part of the middle case, including that the rotating shaft part of the first support plate rotates in the second groove of the middle case.
  • the rotating part of the first support plate may also be the second groove.
  • the second rotating part of the middle shell may be a rotating shaft structure.
  • the rotating portion of the first connecting arm may be a first rotating shaft.
  • the first rotating part of the middle case may be a first groove.
  • the rotating part of the first connecting arm is rotatably connected to the first rotating part of the middle case, including that the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm rotates in the first groove of the middle case.
  • the rotating part of the first connecting arm may be the first groove.
  • the first rotating part of the middle case may be a first rotating shaft.
  • the sliding portion of the first support plate may be a first protrusion.
  • the sliding part of the first connecting arm may be a first sliding slot.
  • the sliding part of the first connecting arm is slidably connected to the sliding part of the first supporting plate, including the first protrusion of the first supporting plate sliding in the first slot of the first connecting arm.
  • the sliding portion of the first support plate may be a first sliding groove.
  • the sliding part of the first connecting arm may be a first protrusion.
  • the present application arranges the middle shell, the first support plate and the first connecting arm in a four-link structure, so that the movement form of the middle shell, the first support plate and the first connecting arm is used to realize the function of the folding mechanism. Unfolding or folding, and then when the folding mechanism is applied to the electronic device, the electronic device can switch from the self-flattened state to the closed state, or from the closed state to the flattened state.
  • the folding mechanism of the present application has a simple structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be reduced to a large extent. On the other hand, the movement mode is relatively simple, and mass production is easier.
  • the middle shell and the first support plate of the present application can be disengaged during assembly with the first shell. In this way, the middle case and the first support plate of the present application can be assembled with the first connecting arm to form a folding mechanism, and then the folding mechanism is assembled on the electronic device, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the electronic device.
  • the first connecting arm includes a first connecting arm body, the rotating part of the first connecting arm and the sliding part of the first connecting arm are both arranged on the first connecting arm body, and the first connecting arm body is located at The first end of the middle shell is on the same side as the first end of the first support plate.
  • the first connecting arm body is arranged on the same side of the first end of the middle shell and the first end of the first supporting plate, so that When the first supporting plate rotates relative to the middle shell, the first connecting arm is unlikely to affect the rotation of the first supporting plate, that is, the interference between the first connecting arm, the middle shell and the first supporting plate can be largely avoided.
  • the connection between the first connecting arm, the middle case and the first support plate can be achieved.
  • the layout is more compact. In this way, when the folding mechanism is applied to electronic equipment, the folding mechanism occupies less space.
  • the first rotating part of the middle shell includes a first groove
  • the middle shell has a top surface and a first end surface
  • the first end surface of the middle shell is connected to the top surface of the middle shell
  • the first groove The opening is located on the top surface of the middle shell and the first end surface of the middle shell.
  • the rotating part of the first connecting arm includes a first rotating shaft, a part of the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm is arranged in the first groove, and the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm rotates in the first groove.
  • connection between the middle case and the first connecting arm is realized through the cooperation between the rotating shaft and the groove, and the connection between the middle case and the first connecting arm is relatively simple.
  • first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm can extend into the first groove through the opening of the first end surface. In this way, the assembly of the first connecting arm is relatively simple.
  • the first groove of this implementation is arranged in the middle shell. Since the structural strength of the middle shell is greater, the first groove has less influence on the structural strength of the middle shell.
  • the first rotating shaft is arranged on the first connecting arm, which can greatly increase the structural strength of the first connecting arm.
  • the middle case is provided with a receiving groove
  • the opening of the receiving groove is located on the top surface of the middle case
  • the receiving groove communicates with the first groove.
  • the folding mechanism includes a damping element, the damping element is fixed in the receiving groove, the damping element wraps a part of the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm, and the damping element is used to increase the frictional force received by the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm during the rotation process .
  • the damping member in this implementation when the folding mechanism is applied to an electronic device, and when the electronic device switches from a flattened state to a closed state, or from a closed state to a flattened state, , the first connecting arm rotates relative to the middle shell, the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm is subject to a relatively large frictional force, and the first connecting arm rotates relatively slowly to the middle shell. In this way, the rotation speed of the first housing relative to the middle housing is relatively slow.
  • the flexible screen is less likely to be locally damaged by collision due to too fast rotation speed of the first housing and the second housing. Therefore, the flexible screen of this embodiment has high reliability, and the flexible screen has a long service life.
  • the second rotating portion of the middle case includes a second groove
  • the middle case has a first side
  • the first side of the middle case connects the top surface of the middle case and the first end surface of the middle case
  • the second The openings of the two grooves are located on the top surface of the middle casing, the first end surface of the middle casing and the first side surface of the middle casing.
  • the rotating part of the first supporting plate is a rotating shaft structure, at least part of the rotating part of the first supporting plate is arranged in the second groove, and rotates in the second groove.
  • connection between the middle case and the first support plate is realized through the cooperation between the shaft and the groove, and the connection between the middle case and the first support plate is relatively simple.
  • this implementation method directly uses the side structure of the first supporting plate to connect with the middle shell. Connection, the folding mechanism of this implementation has a simple structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be reduced to a large extent. On the other hand, the movement mode is relatively simple, and it is easier to mass produce.
  • the sliding part of the first connecting arm includes a first sliding slot
  • the sliding part of the first support plate is a first protrusion
  • the first protrusion slides in the first sliding slot
  • connection between the first connecting arm and the first support plate is realized through the cooperation relationship between the first protrusion and the sliding groove, and the connection between the first connecting arm and the first support plate is relatively simple.
  • the first chute is in the shape of a bar
  • the first chute includes a first end wall and a second end wall oppositely arranged
  • the second end wall of the first chute is opposite to the first end wall of the first chute.
  • the first end wall is close to the rotating part of the first connecting arm.
  • the sliding speed between the first connecting arm and the first support plate can be controlled to a certain extent, so that the folding mechanism has better reliability.
  • the first connecting arm is provided with a first stop groove
  • the first stop groove has a first end wall and a second end wall oppositely arranged
  • the first support plate includes a second protrusion
  • the second protrusion is disposed in the first stop slot and slides in the first stop slot.
  • the second protrusion of the first support plate may contact the first end wall of the first stop groove of the first connecting arm.
  • the first end wall of the first stop groove of the first connecting arm can restrict the first support plate from continuing to expand, thereby avoiding the problem of overfolding of the first support plate, that is, accurately controlling the first support plate in a flattened state down position.
  • the second protrusion of the first support plate can be in contact with the second end wall of the first stop slot of the first connecting arm.
  • the second end wall of the first stop groove of the first connecting arm can restrict the first support plate from continuing to fold, thereby avoiding the problem of overfolding of the first support plate, that is, accurately controlling the first support plate in the closed state s position.
  • the folding mechanism includes a second support plate and a second connecting arm
  • the middle shell includes a third rotating part and a fourth rotating part
  • the third rotating part is located between the first rotating part and the fourth rotating part.
  • the rotating part of the second support plate is rotatably connected to the fourth rotating part of the middle shell
  • the sliding part of the second supporting plate is located on the side of the fourth rotating part away from the third rotating part.
  • the second connecting arm includes a rotating part and a sliding part, the rotating part of the second connecting arm is rotatably connected to the third rotating part of the middle shell, and the sliding part of the second connecting arm is slidably connected to the sliding part of the second support plate.
  • the rotating part of the second support plate may be a rotating shaft structure.
  • the fourth rotating part of the middle case may be a fourth groove.
  • the rotating part of the second support plate is rotatably connected to the fourth rotating part of the middle case, including the rotating shaft part of the second support plate rotating in the fourth groove of the middle case.
  • the rotating part of the second support plate may also be the fourth groove.
  • the fourth rotating part of the middle shell may be a rotating shaft structure.
  • the rotating part of the second connecting arm may be a second rotating shaft.
  • the third rotating part of the middle case may be a third groove.
  • the rotating part of the second connecting arm is rotatably connected to the third rotating part of the middle case, including that the second rotating shaft of the second connecting arm rotates in the third groove of the middle case.
  • the rotating part of the second connecting arm may be a third groove.
  • the third rotating part of the middle case may be the second rotating shaft.
  • the sliding portion of the second support plate may be a first protrusion.
  • the sliding part of the second connecting arm may be a second sliding slot.
  • the sliding part of the second connecting arm is slidably connected to the sliding part of the second supporting plate, including the first protrusion of the second supporting plate sliding in the second sliding groove of the second connecting arm.
  • the sliding portion of the second support plate may be a second slide groove.
  • the sliding part of the second connecting arm may be a first protrusion.
  • the folding mechanism can be flattened or folded by using the movement form of the middle shell, the first support plate, the second support plate, the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm, and then when the folding mechanism is applied to an electronic device, the electronic device can Realize the transition from the self-flattened state to the closed state, or the transition from the closed state to the flattened state.
  • the folding mechanism of the present application has a simpler structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be reduced to a large extent. On the other hand, the movement mode is relatively simple, and mass production is easier.
  • the middle shell and the second support plate can be disengaged during assembly with the second shell.
  • the middle case and the second support plate of the present application can be assembled with the second connecting arm to form a folding mechanism, and then the folding mechanism is assembled on the electronic device, thereby further reducing the difficulty of assembling the electronic device.
  • the second connecting arm includes a second connecting arm body, the rotating part of the second connecting arm and the sliding part of the second connecting arm are both arranged on the second connecting arm body, and the second connecting arm body is located at The first end of the middle shell is on the same side as the first end of the second support plate.
  • the second connecting arm body is arranged on the same side of the first end of the middle shell and the first end of the second supporting plate, so that When the second supporting plate rotates relative to the middle shell, the second connecting arm is not likely to affect the rotation of the second supporting plate, that is, the interference between the second connecting arm, the middle shell and the second supporting plate can be largely avoided.
  • the connection between the second connection arm, the middle case and the second support plate can be achieved.
  • the layout is more compact. In this way, when the folding mechanism is applied to electronic equipment, the folding mechanism occupies less space.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a fitting, and the fitting includes a fixing part, a first hook part, and a second hook part, and the first hook part and the second hook part are connected to two ends of the fixing part;
  • the first hook is fixed on the middle shell, the first hook is hooked on the first support plate, the second hook is hooked on the second support plate, the first support plate rotates relative to the first hook, and the second support plate rotates relative to the second hook turn.
  • the fittings can be used to prevent the first support plate from the middle shell and the second support plate from the middle shell when the first support plate and the second support plate rotate relative to the middle shell. , thereby ensuring the stability of the connection between the first support plate, the second support plate and the middle shell, and ensuring better reliability of the folding mechanism.
  • the second connecting arm engages with the first connecting arm. In this way, when the first connecting arm rotates relative to the middle case and the second connecting arm rotates relative to the middle case, the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm can rotate synchronously.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a third support plate, and the first support plate connects the middle case and the third support plate.
  • the third supporting board includes a sliding part and a first fixing part, the sliding part of the third supporting board is slidably connected to the first supporting board, and the first fixing part of the third supporting board is rotatably connected to the first connecting arm.
  • the folding mechanism only includes the first support plate and the second support plate.
  • the contact area between the first support plate, the second support plate and the bending portion is increased when the electronic device is in a flattened state by adding the third support plate.
  • the third support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate can support the bent portion at multiple positions, so as to make the bent portion more flat.
  • the user touches the bent part the third support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate jointly support the bent part, thereby preventing the bent part from collapsing.
  • the contact area between the first support plate, the second support plate and the bending portion is increased.
  • the third support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate can support the bent portion at multiple positions, so that the bent portion is roughly in the shape of a "drop".
  • it will also promote the flexible screen to have more contact area, which is also conducive to the support of the intermediate state.
  • the sliding portion of the third supporting plate includes a sliding hole, and a part of the first supporting plate is disposed in the sliding hole and slides in the sliding hole.
  • connection between the third support plate and the first support plate and the connection mode between the third support plate and the first support plate are realized by setting the cooperation relationship between a part of the first support plate and the sliding hole. Simpler.
  • the first fixing part is a protruding structure
  • the first connecting arm is provided with a first fixing groove
  • the first connecting part of the third support plate rotates in the first fixing groove of the first connecting arm .
  • the folding mechanism further includes a fourth support plate, and the second support plate connects the middle case and the fourth support plate.
  • the fourth supporting board includes a sliding part and a first fixing part, the sliding part of the fourth supporting board is slidably connected to the second supporting board, and the first fixing part of the fourth supporting board is rotatably connected to the second connecting arm.
  • the folding mechanism only includes the first support plate and the second support plate.
  • the contact area between the first support plate, the second support plate and the bending portion is increased when the electronic device is in a flattened state by adding the fourth support plate.
  • the fourth support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate can support the bent portion at multiple positions, so as to make the bent portion more flat.
  • the fourth support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate jointly support the bent part, thereby preventing the bent part from collapsing.
  • the contact area between the first support plate, the second support plate and the bending portion is increased.
  • the fourth supporting board, the first supporting board and the second supporting board can support the bent part at multiple positions, so that the bent part is roughly in the shape of a "drop".
  • it will also promote the flexible screen to have more contact area, which is also conducive to the support of the intermediate state.
  • the present application provides an electronic device.
  • the electronic device includes a first housing, a second housing and the above folding mechanism, the folding mechanism connects the first housing and the second housing, and the folding mechanism is used to make the first housing and the second housing relatively fold or unfold,
  • the first connecting arm is fixed to the first housing;
  • the flexible screen includes a first non-bending portion, a bending portion and a second non-bending portion arranged in sequence, the first non-bending portion is fixed to the first housing, The second non-bending portion is fixed to the second casing, and the bending portion is deformed during the relative unfolding or closing process of the first casing and the second casing.
  • the folding mechanism when the folding mechanism is applied to electronic equipment, the electronic equipment has a simple structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be greatly reduced. On the other hand, the movement mode is relatively simple, and it is easier to mass-produce.
  • the middle shell and the first support plate of the present application can be disengaged during assembly with the first shell. In this way, the middle case and the first support plate of the present application can be assembled with the first connecting arm to form a folding mechanism, and then the folding mechanism is assembled on the electronic device, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the electronic device.
  • the first connecting arm body of the first connecting arm and the flexible screen are staggered. It can be understood that by staggering the main body of the first connecting arm and the flexible screen, when the first connecting arm is rotating, the impact of the first connecting arm on the flexible screen is small.
  • the first housing includes a frame and a middle plate, the frame is connected to the middle plate, and the frame surrounds the middle plate.
  • the first non-bending portion fixes the middle plate of the first casing, and the first connecting arm body of the first connecting arm fixes the frame.
  • the second connecting arm body of the second connecting arm and the flexible screen are staggered. It can be understood that by staggering the main body of the second connecting arm and the flexible screen, when the second connecting arm is rotating, the influence of the second connecting arm on the flexible screen is small.
  • the second connecting arm body of the second connecting arm fixes the frame.
  • the main body of the second connecting arm can be set in a staggered manner with the flexible screen.
  • the second connecting arm has less influence on the flexible screen.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural view of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application when it is in a flattened state;
  • FIG. 2 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 1;
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Fig. 1 in an intermediate state
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Fig. 1 in a closed state
  • Fig. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in Fig. 4 at the line A1-A1;
  • Fig. 6 is a partially exploded schematic view of the folding device shown in Fig. 2;
  • Fig. 7 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 6;
  • Fig. 8 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the middle shell shown in Fig. 7;
  • Fig. 9 is a partial structural diagram of the middle shell shown in Fig. 7 at another angle;
  • Fig. 10 is a partial structural schematic view of the first support plate shown in Fig. 7;
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of cooperation between the middle shell, the first support plate and the second support plate shown in Fig. 7;
  • Fig. 12 is a sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 11 at line A2-A2;
  • Fig. 13 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 12 in a closed state
  • Fig. 14 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 11 at line A3-A3;
  • Fig. 15 is an enlarged view of the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm shown in Fig. 7;
  • Fig. 16a is a structural schematic diagram of the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm shown in Fig. 15 at another angle;
  • Fig. 16b is a structural schematic diagram of another embodiment of the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm shown in Fig. 7;
  • Fig. 17 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 6;
  • Fig. 18 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 17 at line A4-A4;
  • Fig. 19 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 17 at line A5-A5;
  • Fig. 20 is a structural schematic diagram of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 19 in an intermediate state
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic structural view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 19 in a closed state
  • Fig. 22 is a schematic structural view of the first housing shown in Fig. 6 at another angle;
  • Fig. 23 is an enlarged schematic view of the first housing shown in Fig. 22 at B1;
  • Fig. 24 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding device shown in Fig. 2;
  • Fig. 25 is an enlarged schematic view of the folding device shown in Fig. 24 at B2;
  • Fig. 26 is a partial sectional view of the folding device shown in Fig. 25 at line A6-A6;
  • Fig. 27 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the partially folding device and the flexible screen shown in Fig. 25;
  • Fig. 28 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in Fig. 27 at line A7-A7;
  • Fig. 29 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in Fig. 28 in a closed state
  • Fig. 30 is an exploded schematic diagram of a folding mechanism according to another embodiment of the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 31 is a partial structural schematic view of the first support plate shown in Fig. 30;
  • Figure 32 is an enlarged view of the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm shown in Figure 30;
  • Fig. 33 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the third support plate shown in Fig. 30;
  • Fig. 34 is a partial assembly diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 30;
  • Fig. 35 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 34 at the line A8-A8;
  • Figure 36 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Figure 35 in a closed state
  • Fig. 37 is a partial assembly diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 30;
  • FIG. 38 is a partial cross-sectional view of the folding mechanism shown in FIG. 30 when it is applied to an electronic device and in a flattened state;
  • FIG. 39 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in FIG. 38 in a closed state.
  • connection should be understood in a broad sense, for example, “connection” can be a detachable connection or a non-detachable connection.
  • a connection either direct or indirect through an intermediary.
  • fixed connection may be connected with each other and the relative position relationship after connection remains unchanged.
  • Rotational connection may mean that they are connected to each other and can be rotated relative to each other after being connected.
  • Slide connection may mean that they are connected to each other and can slide relative to each other after being connected.
  • Rolling can be a compound motion of rotation and displacement.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 1 provided in an embodiment of the present application when it is in a flattened state.
  • FIG. 2 is a partially exploded schematic view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the electronic device 1 includes a folding device 1000 and a flexible screen 2000 .
  • the flexible screen 2000 is used to display images.
  • the flexible screen 2000 is fixedly connected to the folding device 1000 .
  • the folding device 1000 is used to drive the flexible screen 2000 to move so as to expand or fold the flexible screen 2000 .
  • the folding device 1000 when the folding device 1000 is in an open state, the electronic device 1 is in a flat state. At this time, the flexible screen 2000 is unfolded with the folding device 1000 and is in a flattened state.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 1 in an intermediate state.
  • the folding device 1000 is in the process of opening or closing, the electronic device 1 is in an intermediate state.
  • the flexible screen 2000 is unfolded or closed with the folding device 1000 and is in a bent state.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 1 in a closed state.
  • FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 4 at the line A1-A1.
  • the folding device 1000 is in the closed state, the electronic device 1 is in the closed state.
  • the flexible screen 2000 is closed with the folding device 1000 and is in a folded state.
  • the intermediate state of the electronic device 1 is any state between the flattened state and the closed state.
  • FIG. 3 only shows an intermediate state of the electronic device 1 .
  • the electronic device 1 When the electronic device 1 is in the flattened state, the electronic device 1 has a larger display area, and the viewing experience of the user is better. When the electronic device 1 is in the closed state, the planar size of the electronic device 1 is small, which is convenient for the user to carry.
  • the electronic device 1 may be a foldable electronic product such as a notebook computer, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, and a personal computer.
  • the electronic device 1 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 will be described by taking a notebook computer as an example.
  • the extension direction of the rotation axis of the electronic device 1 is defined as the Y-axis direction.
  • the thickness direction of the electronic device 1 is the Z-axis direction.
  • the X-axis direction is perpendicular to the Y-axis direction and the Z-axis direction. It can be understood that the coordinate system of the electronic device 1 can also be flexibly set according to specific requirements.
  • the folding device 1000 can relatively unfold or fold the flexible screen 2000 along the Y-axis direction. In this way, when the electronic device 1 is in the closed state, the size of the electronic device 1 in the X-axis direction becomes smaller.
  • FIG. 6 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the folding device 1000 shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the folding device 1000 includes a folding mechanism 100 , a first housing 200 and a second housing 300 .
  • the folding mechanism 100 connects the first casing 200 and the second casing 300.
  • the folding mechanism 100 is used for unfolding or folding the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 relative to each other.
  • the electronic device 1 when the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are unfolded to the open state, the electronic device 1 is in a flattened state, and the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 can form an angle of 180°. .
  • the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 may also have a slight deviation relative to 180°, such as 165°, 177° or 185°.
  • the electronic device 1 when the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are in the process of being opened or folded, the electronic device 1 is in an intermediate state, and the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are arranged at a certain angle.
  • the angle between the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 may be 30°, 90°, 100° or 120°.
  • the electronic device 1 when the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are folded to the closed state, the electronic device 1 is in the closed state, and the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 can be folded together.
  • the first housing 200 is opposite to the second housing 300 .
  • the situation that the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 are closed includes the situation that the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 are in contact with each other (that is, there is no gap), and it can also include the gap between the two according to the reliability of the screen. Requirements can also be designed to be the case with smaller gaps. When there is a small gap between the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 , some foreign matter outside the electronic device 1 will not enter between the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 through the gap.
  • the flexible screen 2000 includes a first non-bending portion 2100 , a bending portion 2200 and a second non-bending portion 2300 .
  • the bent portion 2200 is connected between the first non-bent portion 2100 and the second non-bent portion 2300 .
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 simply and schematically distinguish the first non-bending portion 2100 , the bending portion 2200 and the second non-bending portion 2300 with dotted lines.
  • the first non-bending portion 2100 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixedly connected to the first casing 200 .
  • the second non-bending portion 2300 is fixedly connected to the second housing 300 .
  • the first shell 200 and the second shell 300 When the first shell 200 and the second shell 300 are relatively opened or closed, the first shell 200 can drive the first non-bending portion 2100 to move, and the second shell 300 can drive the second non-bending portion 2300 During the movement, when the first non-bending part 2100 and the second non-bending part 2300 are relatively unfolded or closed, the bending part 2200 can be deformed.
  • the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are in the open state (that is, the electronic device 1 is in the flattened state)
  • the first non-bending part 2100 of the flexible screen 2000, the bending The folded portion 2200 and the second non-bent portion 2300 may be arranged in a plane.
  • the first non-bending portion 2100 , the bending portion 2200 and the second non-bending portion 2300 may not be absolutely flat.
  • a small portion of the flexible screen 2000 is curved.
  • the first non-bending portion 2100 and the second The two non-bending portions 2300 may be arranged at an included angle.
  • the included angle between the first non-bending portion 2100 and the second non-bending portion 2300 may be 30°, 90°, 100° or 120° and so on.
  • the flexible screen 2000 is located between the first housing 200 and the second housing 300. between.
  • the first non-bending portion 2100 and the second non-bending portion 2300 may be arranged in parallel and close to each other.
  • the bent portion 2200 may be bent.
  • the flexible screen 2000 is roughly in the shape of a "drop".
  • FIG. 7 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the folding mechanism 100 includes a middle shell 10 , a first support plate 20 , a second support plate 30 , a first connecting arm 40 , a second connecting arm 50 , a fitting part 60 and a damping part 70 .
  • the extension direction of the length of the middle case 10 , the extension direction of the length of the first support plate 20 , and the extension direction of the length of the second support plate 30 are all in the Y-axis direction.
  • the extending direction of the length of the middle case 10 , the extending direction of the length of the first supporting plate 20 , and the extending direction of the length of the second supporting plate 30 are not specifically limited.
  • first connecting arm 40 , the second connecting arm 50 and the damping member 70 may jointly constitute the first connecting assembly 100 a.
  • the first connection component 100a can serve as the bottom connection component of the folding mechanism 100.
  • the folding mechanism 100 may also include a second connection assembly 100b.
  • the second connection component 100b can serve as the top connection component of the folding mechanism 100 .
  • Both the first connection assembly 100 a and the second connection assembly 100 b are connected to the middle shell 10 , the first support plate 20 , and the second support plate 30 .
  • the second connection component 100b and the first connection component 100a may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures.
  • the second connection assembly 100b and the first connection assembly 100a have a symmetrical structure, the basic design of the component structure of the second connection assembly 100b, the design of the connection relationship between components, and the design of other structures other than components and components
  • the design of the connection relationship refer to the relevant scheme of the first connection component 100a, and at the same time allow the second connection component 100b to be slightly different from the first connection component 100a in the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components.
  • the second connection assembly 100b may include a first connection arm 40b, a second connection arm 50b and a damper 70b.
  • first connection arm 40b For the structure of each component of the second connection assembly 100b, and the connection relationship between each component and the middle shell 10, the first support plate 20, and the second support plate 30, reference may be made to the relevant description of the first connection assembly 100a. The embodiments of this application will not be described in detail.
  • the folding mechanism 100 may not include the damping member 70 .
  • the first connection assembly 100a does not include the damper 70 .
  • the matching member 60 is located between the first connecting component 100a and the second connecting component 100b.
  • the fitting 60 can be connected with the middle shell 10 , the first support plate 20 , and the second support plate 30 .
  • the fitting part 60 is surrounded by a dotted line frame to schematically show the fitting part 60 .
  • the number of fittings 60 is not limited to seven as illustrated in FIG. 7 .
  • the number of fitting parts 60 is not specifically limited.
  • only one fitting 60 is numbered in FIG. 7 .
  • the folding mechanism 100 may not include the fitting 60 .
  • the second support plate 30 and the first support plate 20 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures.
  • the second support plate 30 and the first support plate 20 have a symmetrical structure, the basic design of the component structure of the second support plate 30, the design of the connection relationship between components, and the design of other structures other than components and assemblies
  • the design of the connection relationship refer to the relevant scheme of the first support plate 20 , and at the same time, the second support plate 30 is allowed to be slightly different from the first support plate 20 in the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components. The following will take the first support plate 20 as an example for description.
  • FIG. 8 is a partial structural diagram of the middle shell 10 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the middle shell 10 includes a base 11 , a first end plate 12 and a second end plate 13 .
  • the first end plate 12 and the second end plate 13 are respectively connected to two ends of the base 11 .
  • the middle shell 10 may be an integral structural member, that is, the base 11 , the first end plate 12 and the second end plate 13 are integrally formed structural members.
  • the middle shell 10 can also be a spliced structure.
  • the base 11 , the first end plate 12 and the second end plate 13 can be spliced (such as mortise and tenon process) or fixed (such as welding, bonding, etc.) to form an integral structural member.
  • this application does not make a limitation.
  • first end plate 12 and part of the base 11 may form the first end 10 a of the middle shell 10 .
  • the second end plate 13 and part of the base 11 can form the second end 10 b of the middle shell 10 .
  • Part of the base 11 may constitute the middle portion 10c of the middle case 10 .
  • the first end 10a of the middle shell 10 can be used to connect with the first connecting component 100a.
  • the second end 10b of the middle case 10 can be used to connect with the second connecting component 100b.
  • the middle part of the middle shell 10 can be used for connecting with the matching part 60 .
  • the first end portion 10a of the middle case 10 and the second end portion 10b of the middle case 10 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures.
  • the first end portion 10a of the middle case 10 and the second end portion 10b of the middle case 10 have a symmetrical structure. In this way, the overall structure of the middle shell 10 is relatively simple, and the processing cost is low.
  • the first end portion 10a of the middle case 10 is taken as an example for description below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • FIG. 9 is a partial structural diagram of the middle case 10 shown in FIG. 7 at another angle.
  • the base 11 includes a top surface 111 and a bottom surface 112 facing away from each other, and a first side 113 and a second side 114 facing away from each other.
  • the first side 113 and the second side 114 are connected between the top surface 111 and the bottom surface 112 .
  • the first end plate 12 includes a first end surface 121 .
  • the middle case 10 is provided with a receiving groove 115 .
  • An opening of the receiving slot 115 is located on the top surface 111 of the base 11 .
  • the middle shell 10 is also provided with a first groove 116 and a second groove 117 arranged at intervals. Openings of the first groove 116 are located on the top surface 111 of the base 11 and the first end surface 121 of the first end plate 12 .
  • the first groove 116 communicates with the receiving groove 115 .
  • Openings of the second groove 117 are located on the top surface 111 of the base 11 , the first side surface 113 of the base 11 and the first end surface 121 of the first end plate 12 .
  • first groove 116 and part of the receiving groove 115 in this embodiment may constitute the first rotating portion 101 of the middle case 10 .
  • the second groove 117 may constitute the second rotating part 102 of the middle case 10 .
  • the first rotating part 101 of the middle housing 10 may also adopt other structures (such as a rotating shaft structure).
  • the second rotating part 102 of the middle housing 10 may also adopt other structures (such as a rotating shaft structure). Specifically, this application does not make a limitation.
  • the middle case 10 is further provided with a third groove 118 and a fourth groove 119 arranged at intervals.
  • the third groove 118 may be located between the first groove 116 and the fourth groove 119 and be spaced apart from each other.
  • the receiving groove 115 may be located between the third groove 118 and the fourth groove 119 and be spaced apart from each other.
  • the arrangement manner of the third groove 118 may refer to the arrangement manner of the first groove 116 .
  • the arrangement of the fourth groove 119 can refer to the arrangement of the second groove 117 .
  • the third groove 118 and part of the receiving groove 115 in this embodiment may constitute the third rotating portion 103 of the middle case 10 .
  • the fourth groove 119 constitutes the fourth rotating portion 104 of the middle case 10 .
  • the receiving groove 115 , the first groove 116 , the second groove 117 , the third groove 118 and the fourth groove 119 are all located at the first end 10 a of the middle shell 10 .
  • the receiving groove 115 , the first groove 116 , the second groove 117 , the third groove 118 and the fourth groove 119 can also be located at other positions of the middle shell 10 .
  • the base 11 is further provided with a limiting groove 110 . Openings of the limiting groove 110 can be located on the top surface 111 , the first side 113 (refer to FIG. 9 ) and the second side 114 of the base 11 .
  • the number of limiting slots 110 may be the same as the number of matching parts 60 (refer to FIG. 7 ).
  • FIG. 10 is a partial structural diagram of the first support plate 20 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the first supporting board 20 includes a board body 21 , a first protrusion 22 , a second protrusion 23 , a third protrusion 24 and a fourth protrusion 25 .
  • the plate body 21 includes a top surface 211 and a bottom surface 212 facing away, a first end surface 213 and a second end surface 214 facing away, and a first side 215 and a second side 216 facing away.
  • the first end surface 213 and the second end surface 214 are connected between the top surface 211 and the bottom surface 212 .
  • the first side surface 215 and the second side surface 216 are connected between the top surface 211 and the bottom surface 212 , and are connected between the first end surface 213 and the second end surface 214 .
  • the plate body 21 may also adopt other shapes.
  • the first side surface 215 of the first support plate 20 may be an arc surface.
  • the first side portion 20d where the first side surface 215 of the first support plate 20 is located is substantially in the shape of a rotating shaft.
  • the first side portion 20 d of the first support plate 20 constitutes the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 .
  • the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 may also adopt other structures (such as a groove structure).
  • the first protrusion 22 and the second protrusion 23 may be connected to the first end surface 213 of the plate body 21 .
  • the first protrusions 22 and the second protrusions 23 are arranged at intervals.
  • the third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 can be connected to the second end surface 214 of the plate body 21 .
  • the third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 are arranged at intervals.
  • the first support plate 20 may be an integral structural member, that is, the plate body 21, the first protrusion 22, the second protrusion 23, the third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 are integrally formed. Structure.
  • the first support plate 20 can also be a spliced structure.
  • the plate body 21, the first protrusion 22, the second protrusion 23, the third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 can be spliced (such as mortise and tenon process) or fixed (such as welding, bonding, etc.) process) to form an integral structural member.
  • this application does not make a limitation.
  • the first protrusion 22 , the second protrusion 23 , the third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 are all cylindrical.
  • both the first protrusion 22 and the third protrusion 24 in this embodiment can constitute the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 .
  • the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 may also adopt other structures (such as a chute structure).
  • first protrusion 22 , the second protrusion 23 and part of the plate body 21 constitute the first end portion 20 a of the first support plate 20 .
  • the third protrusion 24 , the fourth protrusion 25 and part of the plate body 21 constitute the second end portion 20 b of the first support plate 20 .
  • the partial plate body 21 constitutes the middle portion 20 c of the first supporting plate 20 .
  • the first end 20a of the first support plate 20 can be used to connect with the first connection assembly 100a (see FIG. 7 ), and connect with the first end 10a (see FIG. 8 ) of the middle shell 10 (see FIG. 8 ). )connect.
  • the middle portion 20c of the first support plate 20 can be used to connect with the fitting 60 (see FIG.
  • the second end 20b of the first support plate 20 can be used to connect with the second connection assembly 100b (see FIG. 7 ), and the second end 10b (see FIG. 8 ) of the middle shell 10 (see FIG. 8 ) connect.
  • the first end of the first support plate 20 and the second end of the first support plate 20 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures.
  • the first end of the first support plate 20 and the second end of the first support plate 20 have a symmetrical structure. In this way, the overall structure of the first support plate 20 is relatively simple, and the processing cost is low.
  • the first support plate 20 is provided with first escape spaces 26 arranged at intervals. Openings of the first escape space 26 are located on the top surface 211 , the bottom surface 212 and the first side surface 215 of the first support plate 20 .
  • the first support plate 20 also has a first connecting shaft 27 .
  • the first connecting shaft 27 is connected to the board body 21 .
  • the first connecting shaft 27 is located in the first escape space 26 .
  • the first connecting shaft 27 is cylindrical. It can be understood that the first connecting shaft 27 and the plate body 21 can be integrally formed.
  • the first connecting shaft 27 may also be connected to the plate body 21 by means of splicing or fixing.
  • the first avoidance space 26 in this embodiment may divide the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 into a plurality of parts. In other embodiments, the first support plate 20 may not be provided with the first escape space 26 and the first connecting shaft 27 .
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of cooperation between the middle shell 10 , the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 11 at line A2-A2.
  • the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 is rotatably connected to the second rotating portion 102 of the middle housing 10 .
  • the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 is disposed in the second groove 117 of the middle shell 10 (Fig. 8 and Fig. 9 also illustrate the second groove 117 at different angles).
  • the rotating part 201 of the first support plate 20 can rotate in the second groove 117 of the middle shell 10 .
  • other structures may also be adopted for the rotation manners of the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 and the second rotating portion 102 of the middle housing 10 .
  • the structure of the rotating part 201 of the first support plate 20 and the structure of the second rotating part 102 of the middle case 10 in this embodiment are reversed.
  • the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 may be the second groove 117 .
  • the second rotating part 102 of the middle shell 10 is a rotating shaft structure.
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can pass through the first end plate 12 through the opening of the second groove 117 on the first end plate 12 .
  • the rotating portion 301 of the second support plate 30 is rotatably connected to the fourth rotating portion 104 of the middle shell 10 .
  • connection method between the second support board 30 and the middle case 10 please refer to the connection method between the first support board 20 and the middle case 10 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 , the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 and the top surface 111 of the middle shell 10 face to the same side.
  • the first supporting board 20 , the middle case 10 and the second supporting board 30 may be arranged side by side.
  • the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 and the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 may be arranged at an angle of 180°. In other embodiments, the angle between the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 and the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 may also have a slight deviation from 180°, such as 165°, 177° or 185°.
  • the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 , the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 and the top surface 111 of the middle case 10 may be on the same plane.
  • FIG. 13 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partially folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 12 in a closed state.
  • the folding mechanism 100 When the folding mechanism 100 is in the closed state, the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be arranged to be folded together.
  • the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 is opposite to the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30.
  • the first supporting board 20 , the middle shell 10 and the second supporting board 30 enclose a space.
  • the rotating part 201 of the first supporting plate 20 can rotate relative to the second rotating part 102 of the middle shell 10, and the second supporting plate
  • the rotating part 301 of 30 can rotate relative to the fourth rotating part 104 of the middle shell 10, and the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be converted from a side-by-side state to an opposite state.
  • the rotating part 201 of the first supporting plate 20 can rotate relative to the second rotating part 102 of the middle shell 10
  • the rotating part 301 of the second supporting plate 30 can rotate relative to the middle shell 10.
  • the fourth rotating part 104 rotates, and the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be converted from the state of being opposite to each other to the state of being arranged side by side.
  • FIG. 14 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 11 at line A3-A3.
  • the fitting part 60 includes a fixing part 61 , a first hook part 62 and a second hook part 63 .
  • the first hook portion 62 and the second hook portion 63 are connected to two ends of the fixing portion 61 .
  • both the first hook portion 62 and the second hook portion 63 are arc-shaped.
  • the fixing portion 61 of the fitting 60 is fixed on the base 11 of the middle case 10 .
  • the fixing portion 61 of the fitting 60 can be fixed in the limiting groove 110 of the base 11 by means of glue or the like (Fig. 8 also shows the limiting groove 110 at different angles).
  • the surface of the fixing portion 61 of the fitting 60 may be flush with the top surface 111 of the middle shell 10 .
  • first hook portion 62 of the matching member 60 is hooked on the first connecting shaft 27 of the first support plate 20 (FIG. 10 also shows the first connecting shaft 27 at different angles).
  • the second hook portion 63 of the matching component 60 is hooked on the first connecting shaft 37 of the second support plate 30 . It can be understood that when the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 rotate relative to the middle shell 10, the first hook portion 62 of the fitting 60 can rotate relative to the first connecting shaft 27 of the first support plate 20, and the fitting The second hook portion 63 of 60 can rotate relative to the connecting shaft 37 of the second support plate 30 .
  • the fitting 60 can be used to prevent the rotation of the first support plate 20 when the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 rotate relative to the middle shell 10 Part 201 turns out of the second groove 117 of the middle shell 10, and the rotating part 301 of the second support plate 30 turns out of the fourth groove 119 of the middle shell 10, thereby ensuring that the first support plate 20, the second support plate 30 and the middle
  • the connection stability of the case 10 ensures better reliability of the folding mechanism 100 .
  • the folding mechanism 100 when the folding mechanism 100 does not include the fitting 60, other limiting mechanisms may be provided on the base 11 of the middle case 10 or the local structure of the base 11 may be changed, so as to avoid the rotation of the first support plate 20.
  • 201 turns out of the second groove 117 of the middle case 10
  • the rotating part of the second support plate 30 turns out of the fourth groove 119 of the middle case 10 .
  • FIG. 15 is an enlarged view of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 16a is a schematic structural view of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 shown in FIG. 15 at another angle.
  • the first connecting arm 40 includes a first connecting arm main body 41 and a first rotating shaft 42 .
  • the first rotating shaft 42 is connected to the first connecting arm main body 41 .
  • the first rotating shaft 42 can be integrally formed with the first connecting arm main body 41 , and can also be connected to each other by a fixed method (eg, welding, bonding, etc.).
  • the first rotating shaft 42 and a part of the first connecting arm main body 41 may constitute the rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the first connecting arm body 41 includes a top surface 411 and a bottom surface 412 facing away from each other, and a first side 413 and a second side 414 facing away from each other.
  • the first side 413 and the second side 414 are connected between the top surface 411 and the bottom surface 412 .
  • the first rotating shaft 42 is connected to the first side surface 413 of the first connecting arm body 41 .
  • the first connecting arm body 41 includes a first slide slot 415 .
  • the opening of the first slide slot 415 is located at the first side 413 .
  • the first sliding slot 415 includes a first end wall 4151 and a second end wall 4152 oppositely disposed.
  • the first end wall 4151 can be disposed close to the top surface 411 .
  • the second end wall 4152 can be disposed adjacent to the bottom surface 412 .
  • the shape of the first chute 415 is not limited to the bar shape shown in Fig. 16a.
  • FIG. 16 b is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the shape of the first chute 415 can also be an arc shape.
  • the first sliding groove 415 can constitute the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 may also adopt other structures, such as a protrusion structure (refer to the structure of the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 in FIG. 10 ).
  • the first connecting arm main body 41 includes a first stop groove 416 .
  • the opening of the first stop slot 416 is also located on the first side 413 .
  • the first stop slot 416 can be located between the first sliding slot 415 and the first rotating shaft 42 and spaced apart from each other.
  • the first stop slot 416 may be arc-shaped.
  • the arc center of the first stop slot 416 may coincide with the position of the first rotating shaft 42 .
  • the first stop groove 416 includes a first end wall 4161 and a second end wall 4162 opposite to each other.
  • the first end wall 4161 can be disposed close to the top surface 411 .
  • the second end wall 4162 can be disposed proximate to the bottom surface 412 .
  • the rotating part 401 of the first connecting arm main body 41 is in the shape of a gear.
  • the first connecting arm main body 41 is provided with a fastening hole 417 .
  • the opening of the fastening hole 417 is located on the top surface 411 of the first connecting arm body 41 . It should be understood that the number of fastening holes 417 is not limited to only two as shown in Fig. 15 and Fig. 16a.
  • the second connecting arm 50 includes a second connecting arm main body 51 and a second rotating shaft 52 .
  • the second rotating shaft 52 is connected to the second connecting arm main body 51 .
  • the second rotating shaft 52 can be integrally formed with the second connecting arm main body 51 , and can also be connected to each other by a fixed method (eg, welding, bonding, etc.).
  • the second rotating shaft 52 and a part of the second connecting arm main body 51 may form the rotating portion 501 of the second connecting arm 50 .
  • the second connecting arm main body 51 includes a top surface 511 and a bottom surface 512 facing away from each other, and a first side 513 and a second side 514 facing away from each other.
  • the first side 513 and the second side 514 are connected between the top surface 511 and the bottom surface 512 .
  • the second rotating shaft 52 can be connected to the first side surface 513 of the second connecting arm main body 51 .
  • the second connecting arm main body 51 includes a second slide slot 515 .
  • the opening of the second sliding slot 515 is located on the first side 513 .
  • the second sliding slot 515 includes a first end wall 5151 and a second end wall 5152 oppositely disposed.
  • the first end wall 5151 can be disposed close to the top surface 511 .
  • the second end wall 5152 can be disposed adjacent to the bottom surface 512 .
  • the shape of the second slide groove 515 is not limited to the bar shape shown in FIG. 16a.
  • the shape of the second slide groove 515 can also be an arc shape.
  • the second sliding groove 515 can constitute the sliding portion 502 of the second connecting arm 50 .
  • the sliding portion 502 of the second connecting arm 50 may also adopt other structures, such as a protrusion structure (refer to the structure of the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 in FIG. 10 ).
  • the second connecting arm main body 51 includes a second stop groove 516 .
  • the opening of the second stop groove 516 is also located on the first side 513 .
  • the second stop slot 516 can be located between the second sliding slot 515 and the second rotating shaft 52 and spaced apart from each other.
  • the second stop groove 516 may be arc-shaped.
  • the arc center of the second stop groove 516 may coincide with the position of the second rotating shaft 52 .
  • the second stop groove 516 includes a second end wall 5161 and a second end wall 5162 opposite to each other.
  • the second end wall 5161 can be disposed close to the top surface 511 .
  • the second end wall 5162 can be disposed proximate to the bottom surface 512 .
  • the rotating part 501 of the second connecting arm main body 51 is in the shape of a gear.
  • the second connecting arm main body 51 is provided with a fastening hole 517 .
  • the opening of the fastening hole 517 is located on the top surface 511 of the second connecting arm body 51 . It should be understood that the number of fastening holes 517 is not limited to only two as shown in Fig. 15 and Fig. 16a.
  • the second connecting arm 50 and the first connecting arm 40 may have the same structure, a mirror symmetrical structure, a partially mirror symmetrical structure, a centrally symmetrical structure, a partially centrally symmetrical structure or different structures, which are not strictly limited in the present application.
  • the second connecting arm 50 and the first connecting arm 40 have a symmetrical structure.
  • the design of the connection relationship between the components, and the design of the connection relationship between the components and other structures other than the assembly all can refer to the relevant scheme of the first connecting arm 40, while allowing the second The connecting arm 50 is slightly different from the first connecting arm 40 in detail structure or position arrangement of components.
  • FIG. 17 is a partial structural diagram of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 18 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 17 at line A4-A4.
  • the first connecting arm main body 41 of the first connecting arm 40 is located on the side of the first end plate 12 of the middle shell 10 away from the base 11 , that is, the first connecting arm main body 41 is located near the first end 10 a of the middle shell 10 . side.
  • the rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 is rotatably connected to the first rotating portion 101 of the middle housing 10 .
  • a part of the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 is set in the first groove 116 of the middle shell 10 (Fig. 8 shows the first groove 116 at different angles), and a part is set in the middle
  • the receiving groove 115 of the case 10 (FIG. 8 illustrates the receiving groove 115 at different angles).
  • the first rotating shaft 42 can rotate relative to the groove wall of the first groove 116 and the groove wall of the receiving groove 115 .
  • the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 can rotate in the first groove 116 .
  • other structures may also be adopted for the rotation manner of the rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 and the first rotating portion 101 of the middle housing 10 .
  • the structure of the rotating part 401 of the first connecting arm 40 and the structure of the first rotating part 101 of the middle case 10 in this embodiment are reversed.
  • the rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 may be the first groove 116 .
  • the first rotating part 101 of the middle housing 10 may be the first rotating shaft 42 .
  • the second connecting arm body 51 of the second connecting arm 50 is located on the side of the first end plate 12 of the middle shell 10 away from the base 11 of the middle shell 10, that is, on the side of the second connecting arm 50.
  • the second connecting arm body 51 is located on a side close to the first end 10 a of the middle shell 10 .
  • the rotating portion 501 of the second connecting arm 50 is rotatably connected to the third rotating portion 103 of the middle housing 10 .
  • a part of the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 is set in the third groove 118 of the middle shell 10 (Fig. 8 shows the second groove 117 at different angles), and a part is set in the middle The receiving groove 115 of the case 10 .
  • the second rotating shaft 52 can rotate relative to the groove wall of the third groove 118 and the groove wall of the receiving groove 115 .
  • the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 can rotate in the third groove 118 .
  • the damping member 70 is provided with a first clamping groove 71 and a second clamping groove 72 arranged at intervals.
  • the material of the damping element 70 may be stainless steel, powdered diamond, or the like.
  • the damping element 70 is fixed on the base 11, and the damping element 70 is disposed in the receiving groove 115 (Fig. 8 shows the receiving groove 115 from different angles).
  • the damping member 70 may be fixed to the groove wall of the receiving groove 115 by glue.
  • first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 is disposed in the first clamping groove 71 of the damper 70 .
  • the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 can rotate relative to the groove wall of the first clamping groove 71 .
  • the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 may be in an interference fit with the groove wall of the first clamping groove 71, so that the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 receives less frictional force during rotation. big.
  • a part of the second shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 is disposed in the second clamping groove 72 of the damper 70 .
  • the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 can be interference-fitted with the groove wall of the second clamping groove 72 , so that the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 receives relatively large frictional force during rotation. It can be understood that when the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 rotates relative to the middle case 10 and the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 rotates relative to the middle case 10, the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 and the The second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 is subjected to relatively large frictional force, the first connecting arm 40 rotates relatively slowly relative to the middle housing 10 , and the second connecting arm 50 rotates relatively slowly relative to the middle housing 10 .
  • the rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 is engaged with the rotating portion 501 of the second connecting arm 50 .
  • the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 can rotate synchronously.
  • connection relationship between the first connecting arm 40 and the middle shell 10 and the connection relationship between the second connecting arm 50 and the middle shell 10 have been specifically introduced above in conjunction with the relevant drawings.
  • FIG. 19 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 17 at the line A5-A5.
  • the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 is slidably connected to the sliding portion 202 of the first supporting board 20 .
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 (Fig. 10 shows the first protrusion 22 at different angles) is arranged in the first sliding groove 415 of the first connecting arm 40 (Fig. 16a The first runner 415 is illustrated at different angles).
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can slide in the first slide groove 415 .
  • the sliding manner of the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 and the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 may also adopt other structures.
  • the structure of the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 and the structure of the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 in this embodiment are reversed.
  • the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 may be the first protrusion 22 .
  • the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 may be a first sliding slot 415 .
  • the sliding portion 502 of the second connecting arm 50 is slidably connected to the sliding portion 302 of the second support plate 30 .
  • the connection manner between the sliding portion 502 of the second connecting arm 50 and the sliding portion 302 of the second support plate 30 can refer to the connection manner between the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 and the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 is disposed close to the first end wall 4151 of the first slide groove 415 .
  • the first protrusion 22 can contact the first end wall 4151 of the first slide groove 415 .
  • FIG. 20 is a structural schematic diagram of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 19 in an intermediate state.
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 is located between the first end wall 4151 and the second end wall 4152 of the first sliding groove 415 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 19 in a closed state.
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 is disposed close to the second end wall 4152 of the first sliding slot 415 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can contact the second end wall 4152 of the first sliding slot 415 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the folding mechanism 100 transitions from the flattened state to the closed state, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 slides from the first chute 415 close to the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the position of one end wall 4151 is slid to a position close to the second end wall 4152 of the first sliding groove 415 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the transition process of the folding mechanism 100 from the closed state to the unfolded state is opposite to the transition process of the folding mechanism 100 from the unfolded state to the closed state. I won't go into details here.
  • the movement process of the second support plate 30 and the second connecting arm 50 can refer to the movement process of the first support plate 20 and the first connecting arm 40 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • the first support plate 20 is rotatably connected to the middle case 10
  • the first connecting arm 40 is rotatably connected to the middle case 10
  • the first connecting arm 40 is slidably connected to the first support plate 20
  • the middle case 10 The first support plate 20 and the first connecting arm 40 may form a four-bar linkage structure.
  • the second supporting plate 30 is rotatably connected to the middle case 10
  • the second connecting arm 50 is rotatably connected to the middle case 10
  • the second connecting arm 50 is slidably connected to the second supporting plate 30, the middle case 10, the second supporting plate 30 and the second
  • the connecting arm 50 can also form a four-link structure.
  • both the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 rotate relative to the middle shell 10
  • the first connecting arm 40 can drive the first support plate 20 to move relative to the middle shell 10
  • the second connecting arm 50 can drive the second support plate 30 to rotate relative to the middle shell 10
  • the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be folded from a state where they are arranged side by side to a state where they are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the second protrusion 23 of the first support plate 20 (Fig. 10 shows the second protrusion 23 under different angles) is also arranged in the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 (Fig. 16a shows the inside of the first stop groove 416) at different angles.
  • the second protrusion 23 of the first support plate 20 can slide in the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the second protrusion 33 of the second support plate 30 is also disposed in the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 (Fig. 16a shows the second stop groove 516 at different angles).
  • the second protrusion 33 of the second support plate 30 can slide in the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 .
  • the second protrusion 23 of the first support plate 20 can contact the first end wall 4161 of the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40,
  • the second protrusion 33 of the second support plate 30 can contact the first end wall 5161 of the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 .
  • the first end wall 4161 of the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 can restrict the first support plate 20 from continuing to expand, and the first end wall 5161 of the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 can restrict The second support plate 30 continues to unfold, thereby avoiding the problem of overfolding of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 , that is, accurately controlling the positions of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 in the flattened state.
  • the second protrusion 23 of the first support plate 20 can contact the second end wall 4162 of the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the second protrusion 33 of the second support plate 30 can contact the second end wall 5162 of the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 .
  • the second end wall 4162 of the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 can restrict the first support plate 20 from continuing to fold, and the second end wall 5162 of the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 can restrict The second support plate 30 continues to fold, so as to avoid the problem of overfolding of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 , that is, accurately control the positions of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 in the closed state.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the first casing 200 shown in FIG. 6 at another angle.
  • FIG. 23 is an enlarged schematic view at B1 of the first housing 200 shown in FIG. 22 .
  • the first housing 200 includes a frame 210 and a middle plate 220 .
  • the middle board 220 is connected to the inner surface of the frame 210 , and the frame 210 is disposed around a part of the middle board 220 .
  • the frame 210 is roughly "U" shaped.
  • the first housing 200 is an integral structural member, that is, the first housing 200 can be integrally formed by injection molding or other processes.
  • the frame 210 and the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 may also be formed by processes such as welding or bonding. It should be noted that, in FIG. 23 , the frame 210 and the middle plate 220 are schematically distinguished by dotted lines.
  • the material of the first housing 200 may be stainless steel, magnesium-aluminum alloy, aluminum alloy or the like.
  • the middle plate 220 includes a first portion 2201 and a second portion 2202 .
  • the second part 2202 is connected to one side of the first part 2201 .
  • the height of the first portion 2201 is greater than the height of the second portion 2202 .
  • the middle plate 220 is roughly in a stepped shape.
  • the frame 210 includes a frame portion 2101 and a connection portion 2102 .
  • the connecting portion 2102 connects the frame portion 2101 and the middle plate 220 .
  • the height of the frame part 2101 may be smaller than the height of the connection part 2102 .
  • the connecting portion 2102 includes a first end portion 2103 and a second end portion 2104 .
  • the first end 2103 and the second end 2104 of the connecting portion 2102 are respectively located on two sides of the middle plate 220 .
  • the first end portion 2103 of the connecting portion 2102 and the second end portion 2104 of the connecting portion 2102 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures.
  • the first end 2103 of the connecting part 2102 and the second end 2104 of the connecting part 2102 are symmetrical structures. This embodiment is described by taking the first end portion 2103 of the connecting portion 2102 as an example.
  • the first end portion 2103 of the connecting portion 2102 is provided with an escape space 2105 .
  • the first end portion 2103 of the connecting portion 2102 is further provided with a fastening hole 2106 .
  • the fastening hole 2106 communicates with the escape space 2105 . It should be understood that the number of fastening holes 2106 is not limited to two as shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 .
  • the second housing 300 and the first housing 200 may have the same or similar structure, a symmetrical or partially symmetrical structure, or a different structure.
  • the second housing 300 and the first housing 200 have a symmetrical structure, the basic design of the component structure of the second housing 300, the design of the connection relationship between components, and the design of other structures other than components and assemblies
  • the design of the connection relationship refer to the relevant scheme of the first housing 200 , and at the same time, the second housing 300 and the first housing 200 are allowed to be slightly different in the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components.
  • FIG. 24 is a partial structural diagram of the folding device 1000 shown in FIG. 2 .
  • FIG. 25 is an enlarged schematic view at B2 of the folding device 1000 shown in FIG. 24 .
  • the first connecting arm 40 is fixed on the first housing 200 .
  • the second connecting arm 50 is fixed on the second housing 300 . In this way, the folding mechanism 100 connects the first case 200 and the second case 300 .
  • the first connecting arm main body 41 of the first connecting arm 40 is fixed to the connecting portion 2102 of the frame 210 of the first casing 200 .
  • the first connecting arm main body 41 and the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 are arranged in a staggered manner.
  • the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 may be disposed opposite to the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 .
  • the first support plate 20 may also be disposed opposite to the middle plate 220 .
  • the positions of the first connecting arm 40 and the second support plate 20 are not specifically limited.
  • the folding device 1000 may further include an end cover (not shown).
  • the end cover can be fixed to the connecting portion 2102 of the frame 210 of the first housing 200 .
  • the end cover can cover the first connecting arm 40 to prevent the first connecting arm 40 from being exposed relative to the first housing 200 .
  • the height of the frame part 2101 can be smaller than the height of the connection part 2102, so that when the end cover is fixed on the connection part 2102, the height of the end cover is not easy to exceed in the Z-axis direction.
  • the height of the frame portion 2101 ensures that the frame 210 has a better appearance.
  • the folding device 1000 may not include an end cover. At this time, the folding device 1000 may cover the first connecting arm main body 41 through other schemes.
  • connecting portion 3102 of the frame 310 of the second housing 300 may also be fixedly connected to the end cover.
  • the end cover is used to cover the second connecting arm 50 to prevent the second connecting arm 50 from being exposed relative to the second housing 300 .
  • FIG. 26 is a partial cross-sectional view of the folding device 1000 shown in FIG. 25 at line A6-A6.
  • the first connecting arm main body 41 of the first connecting arm 40 is located in the escape space 2105 of the connecting portion 2102 of the frame 210 (Fig. 23 shows the escape space 2105 from different angles).
  • the shape of the avoidance space 2105 and the shape of the first connecting arm 40 may be approximately the same, so that when the first connecting arm 40 is fixed to the connecting portion 2102, the first connecting arm 40 and the connecting portion 2102 form a Overall better.
  • the plurality of fastening holes 417 of the first connecting arm main body 41 and the plurality of fastening holes 2106 of the connecting portion 2102 are provided in a one-to-one correspondence. Exemplarily, by locking a fastener (not shown) in the fastening hole 417 of the first connecting arm main body 41 and the fastening hole 2106 of the connecting portion 2102 .
  • Fasteners can be screws, screws or rivets. It should be understood that the connection relationship between the second connecting arm 50 and the second housing 300 may refer to the connection relationship between the first connecting arm 40 and the first housing 200 , which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 27 is an assembly diagram of the partially folding device 1000 and the flexible screen 2000 shown in FIG. 25 .
  • the first non-bending portion 2100 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixed on the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200 (see FIG. 25 mainly).
  • the second non-bending portion 2300 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixed on the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 (mainly refer to FIG. 25 ).
  • the flexible screen 2000 and the frame 210 of the first housing 200 and the frame 310 of the second housing 300 are arranged staggered, that is, on the X-Y plane, the frame 210 of the first housing 200 , the frame 310 of the second casing 300 is not overlapped with the flexible screen 2000 .
  • the first connecting arm main body 41 is fixedly connected to the frame 210 of the first housing 200
  • the second connecting arm main body 51 is fixedly connected to the frame 310 of the second housing 300, so that on the X-Y plane, the first connecting arm The main body 41 and the second connecting arm main body 51 are also staggered from the flexible screen 2000 . In this way, when the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 are rotating, the influence of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 on the flexible screen 2000 is relatively small.
  • FIG. 28 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 27 at the line A7-A7.
  • the first non-bending portion 2100 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixed to the first portion 2201 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200 .
  • the second non-bending portion 2300 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixed to the first portion 3201 of the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 .
  • the first support plate 20 is spaced from and opposite to the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200 .
  • the second support plate 30 is spaced from and opposite to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 .
  • the first non-bending portion 2100 of the flexible screen 2000 may also be fixed at other positions of the middle board 220 .
  • the first support plate 20, the middle case 10 and the second support plate 30 jointly support the bending part 2200 of the flexible screen 2000, so that when the bending part 2200 is touched , the bending portion 2200 is less likely to be damaged or have pits due to external force touch, thereby improving the reliability of the flexible screen 2000 .
  • the first support plate 20 is spaced apart from the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 , and the first support plate 20 is far away from the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 .
  • the second support plate 30 is spaced apart from the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 , and the second support plate 30 is away from the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 .
  • the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 , the top surface 111 of the middle case 10 and the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 are flush.
  • the flatness of the bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 is better, and the user experience is higher.
  • FIG. 29 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 28 in a closed state.
  • the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 are located between the first housing 200 and the second housing 300, and the bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 is located between the first support plate 20, In the space enclosed by the middle shell 10 and the second support plate 30 .
  • the bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 is roughly in the shape of a "drop".
  • the first support plate 20 is disposed close to the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200
  • the second support plate 30 is disposed close to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 .
  • the first support plate 20 when the electronic device 1 is in a closed state, the first support plate 20 can be arranged in contact with the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200, and the second support plate 30 can be arranged in contact with the second portion of the second casing 200.
  • the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of 300 is disposed in contact.
  • the first support plate 20 is close to the second part 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200, and the second support The plate 30 is close to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 .
  • the first support plate 20 is away from the second part 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200
  • the second support plate 30 is away from the center of the second housing 300 .
  • the second portion 3202 of the plate 320 is
  • the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 in a stepped shape and the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 in a stepped shape, when the electronic device 1 transitions from the flattened state to the closed state, Or when switching from the closed state to the flattened state, the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 have a movable space.
  • a damping member 70 is provided in the folding mechanism 100, so that when the electronic device 1 switches from the flattened state to the closed state, or the self-closed state
  • the first connecting arm 40 rotates relative to the middle shell 10
  • the second connecting arm 50 rotates relative to the middle shell 10
  • the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 and the second rotating shaft of the second connecting arm 50 The second rotating shaft 52 is subjected to relatively large frictional force, the first connecting arm 40 rotates relatively slowly relative to the middle housing 10
  • the second connecting arm 50 rotates relatively slowly relative to the middle housing 10 .
  • the flexible screen 2000 is less likely to be locally damaged due to collisions between the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 due to the fast rotation speed of the flexible screen 2000 . Therefore, the flexible screen 2000 of this embodiment has high reliability, and the flexible screen 2000 has a long service life.
  • the middle shell 10, the first support plate 20 and the first connecting arm 40 are arranged in a four-link structure, and the middle shell 10, the second support plate 30 and the second connecting arm 50 are also arranged into a four-link structure, so that the movement form of the first connecting arm 40, the second connecting arm 50, the first supporting plate 20, and the second supporting plate 30 can be used to realize the flattening or folding of the folding device 1000, and then realize the self-folding of the electronic device 1. Transition from the flattened state to the closed state, or from the closed state to the flattened state.
  • the folding device 1000 of the present application has a simple structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be greatly reduced. On the other hand, the movement method is relatively simple, and it is easier to mass produce.
  • a folding mechanism 100 has been specifically introduced above in conjunction with related drawings, and a further folding mechanism 100 will be introduced below in conjunction with related drawings.
  • FIG. 30 is an exploded schematic diagram of a folding mechanism 100 according to another embodiment of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the folding mechanism 100 includes a middle shell 10, a first support plate 20, a second support plate 30, a third support plate 80, a fourth support plate 90, a first connecting arm 40, a second connecting arm 50, a matching part 60 and a damping part 70.
  • the folding mechanism 100 of this embodiment further includes a third support plate 80 and a fourth support plate 90 .
  • the middle case 10 , the matching member 60 and the damping member 70 in this embodiment reference may be made to the arrangement of the middle case 10 , the fitting 60 and the damping member 70 in the first embodiment. Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • first connecting arm 40 , the second connecting arm 50 and the damping member 70 can jointly constitute the first connecting assembly 100 a of the folding mechanism 100 .
  • first connecting component 100 a can serve as a bottom connecting component of the folding mechanism 100 .
  • the folding mechanism 100 may also include a second connection assembly 100b.
  • the second connection component 100b can serve as the top connection component of the folding mechanism 100 .
  • the second connection assembly 100b may include a first connection arm 40b, a second connection arm 50b and a damper 70b.
  • the folding mechanism 100 of this embodiment includes the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 , the first support plate 20 , the second support plate 30 , the first connecting arm 40 and the second support plate of this embodiment
  • the structure of the two connecting arms 50 has also made some different settings.
  • the same technical content as the arrangement of the first support plate 20, the second support plate 30, the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 in the first embodiment will not be repeated below. .
  • FIG. 31 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the first support plate 20 shown in FIG. 30 .
  • the plate body 21 of the first support plate 20 is further provided with second avoidance spaces 28 arranged at intervals. Openings of the second escape space 28 are located on the top surface 211 , the bottom surface 212 and the second side surface 216 of the first support plate 20 .
  • the second escape space 28 is spaced apart from the first escape space 26 .
  • the first support plate 20 also has a second connecting shaft 29 .
  • the second connecting shaft 29 is connected to the board body 21 .
  • the second connecting shaft 29 is located in the second escape space 28 .
  • the second connecting shaft 29 is cylindrical. It can be understood that the second connecting shaft 29 and the plate body 21 can be integrally formed.
  • the second connecting shaft 29 may also be connected to the plate body 21 by means of splicing or fixing.
  • the basic design of the component structure of the second support plate 30 can refer to the related solutions of the first support plate 20, and at the same time, it is allowed that the second support plate 30 and the first support plate 20 can be adjusted in terms of the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components. A little bit different.
  • FIG. 32 is an enlarged view of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 shown in FIG. 30 .
  • the first connecting arm main body 41 of the first connecting arm 40 also defines a first fixing slot 418 .
  • An opening of the first fixing slot 418 is located on the first side 413 of the first connecting arm body 41 .
  • the first fixing slot 418 may be located on a side of the first slide slot 415 away from the first stop slot 416 .
  • the second connecting arm main body 51 of the second connecting arm 50 is further provided with a second fixing slot 518 .
  • An opening of the second fixing slot 518 is located on the first side 513 of the second connecting arm body 51 .
  • the second fixing slot 518 may be located on a side of the second slide slot 515 away from the second stop slot 516 .
  • FIG. 33 is a partial structural diagram of the third support plate 80 shown in FIG. 30 .
  • the third supporting plate 80 includes a main body portion 81 , a sliding portion 82 , a first connecting portion 83 and a second connecting portion 84 .
  • the number of sliding parts 82 is eight (see FIG. 30 for details). In other embodiments, the number of sliding parts 82 is not specifically limited.
  • the main body 81 includes a top surface 811 and a bottom surface 812 facing away, a first end surface 813 and a second end surface 814 facing away, and a first side 815 and a second side 816 facing away.
  • the first end surface 813 and the second end surface 814 are connected between the top surface 811 and the bottom surface 812 .
  • the first side surface 815 and the second side surface 816 are connected between the top surface 811 and the bottom surface 812 , and are connected between the first end surface 813 and the second end surface 814 .
  • the main body portion 81 may also adopt other shapes.
  • the sliding part 82 can be connected to the first side 815 of the main body 81 .
  • the first connection portion 83 can be connected to the first end surface 813 of the main body portion 81 .
  • the second connecting portion 84 can be connected to the second end surface 814 of the main body portion 81 .
  • the third support plate 80 can be an integral structural member, that is, the main body portion 81, the first connecting portion 83, the second connecting portion 84 and the sliding portion 82 are integrally formed structural members.
  • the third support plate 80 may also be a spliced structural member.
  • the body part 81 , the sliding part 82 , the first connecting part 83 and the second connecting part 84 can be spliced (such as mortise and tenon process) or fixed (such as welding, bonding and other processes) to form an integral structural member.
  • this application does not make a limitation.
  • both the first connecting portion 83 and the second connecting portion 84 may be cylindrical.
  • each sliding portion 82 includes a sliding hole 821 .
  • the sliding hole 821 includes a first end wall 8211 and a second end wall 8212 opposite to each other.
  • the first end wall 8211 can be disposed close to the first side 815 .
  • the second end wall 8212 may be disposed away from the first side 815 .
  • the sliding hole 821 may be in the shape of a bar.
  • first connecting portion 83 one of the sliding portions 82 and part of the main body portion 81 constitute the first end portion 80 a of the third support plate 80 .
  • Part of the main body portion 81 and the remaining six sliding portions 82 constitute a middle portion 80 c of the third support plate 80 .
  • the first end 80a of the third support plate 80 can be used to connect with the first connection assembly 100a (see FIG. 30 ), and the first end 20a (see Figure 30) Connections.
  • the middle portion 80c of the third support plate 80 can be used to connect with the middle portion 20c of the first support plate 20 (see FIG. 30 ).
  • the second end 80b of the third support plate 80 can be used to connect with the second connection assembly 100b (see FIG. 30 ), and connect with the second end 20b (see Figure 30) Connections.
  • the first end portion 80a of the third support plate 80 and the second end portion 80b of the third support plate 80 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures.
  • the first end portion 80a of the third support plate 80 and the second end portion 80b of the third support plate 80 have a symmetrical structure. In this way, the overall structure of the third support plate 80 is relatively simple, and the processing cost is low.
  • the fourth support plate 90 and the third support plate 80 may have the same or similar structure, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structure, or different structures.
  • the fourth support plate 90 and the third support plate 80 have a symmetrical structure, the basic design of the component structure of the fourth support plate 90, the design of the connection relationship between components, and the design of other structures other than components and assemblies
  • the design of the connection relationship refer to the relevant scheme of the third support plate 80 , and at the same time, the fourth support plate 90 and the third support plate 80 are allowed to be slightly different in the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components.
  • FIG. 34 is a partial assembly diagram of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 30 .
  • Both the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 are rotatably connected to the middle shell 10 .
  • the connection method between the first support plate 20 and the middle case 10 can refer to the connection method between the first support plate 20 and the middle case 10 in the first embodiment (refer to FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 ).
  • the connection method between the second support plate 30 and the middle case 10 can refer to the connection method between the second support plate 30 and the middle case 10 in the first embodiment (refer to FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 ). Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • main body portion 81 of the third support plate 80 is located on a side of the first support plate 20 away from the middle shell 10 .
  • the main body portion 91 of the fourth support plate 90 is located on a side of the second support plate 30 away from the middle shell 10 .
  • the sliding portion 82 of the third support plate 80 is slidably connected to the first support plate 20 .
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first supporting board 20 passes through a sliding hole 821 of the sliding portion 82 of the third supporting board 80 .
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first supporting plate 20 can slide in the sliding hole 821 of the sliding portion 82 of the third supporting plate 80 .
  • FIG. 35 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 34 at line A8-A8.
  • the sliding portion 82 of the third support plate 80 is located in the second avoidance space 28 of the first support plate 20 ( FIG. 31 shows the second avoidance space 28 at different angles).
  • the second connecting shaft 29 of the first supporting board 20 passes through the sliding hole 821 of the sliding portion 82 of the third supporting board 80 .
  • the second connecting shaft 29 of the first supporting plate 20 can slide in the sliding hole 821 of the sliding portion 82 of the third supporting plate 80 .
  • connection relationship between the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can refer to the connection relationship between the first support plate 20 and the third support plate 80 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • the third support plate 80, the first support plate 20, the middle shell 10, the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 are arranged side by side.
  • the top surface 811 of the third support plate 80, the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20, the top surface 111 of the middle shell 10, the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 and the top surface 911 of the fourth support plate 90 all face the same side .
  • the top surface 911 of can be in the same plane.
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can be arranged in contact with the first end wall 8211 of the sliding hole 821 of the third support plate 80 .
  • the second connecting shaft 29 of the first support plate 20 can be arranged in contact with the first end wall 8211 of the sliding hole 821 of the third support plate 80 .
  • the positional relationship between the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can refer to the positional relationship between the first support plate 20 and the third support plate 80 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 36 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partially folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 35 in a closed state.
  • the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be arranged to be folded together.
  • the first supporting board 20 and the second supporting board 30 may be disposed opposite to each other.
  • the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 can be arranged to be closed to each other.
  • the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 may be disposed opposite to each other.
  • a space is enclosed by the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the middle shell 10 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 .
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can be arranged in contact with the second end wall 8212 of the sliding hole 821 of the third support plate 80 .
  • the second connecting shaft 29 (mainly in FIG. 35 ) of the first support plate 20 can be in contact with the second end wall 8212 (mainly in FIG. 35 ) of the sliding hole 821 (mainly in FIG. 35 ) of the third support plate 80 set up.
  • the positional relationship between the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can refer to the positional relationship between the first support plate 20 and the third support plate 80 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • both the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can rotate relative to the middle shell 10, and the third support plate 80, the second support plate A support plate 20, the middle shell 10, the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can be switched from the state of being arranged side by side to the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 being oppositely arranged, and the first support plate 20 and the fourth support plate The state where the two support plates 30 are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the second connecting shaft 29 of the first support plate 20 can move from a position in contact with the first end wall 8211 of the slide hole 821 of the third support plate 80 to the second end wall 8211 of the slide hole 821 of the third support plate 80 .
  • the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can move from the position in contact with the first end wall 8211 of the slide hole 821 of the third support plate 80 to the second end wall of the slide hole 821 of the third support plate 80 8212 contact position.
  • FIG. 37 is a partial assembly diagram of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 30 .
  • the first connecting portion 83 of the third support plate 80 is rotatably connected to the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the first connecting portion 83 of the third support plate 80 is inserted into the first fixing slot 418 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the first connecting portion 83 of the third support plate 80 can rotate relative to the groove wall of the first fixing groove 418 of the first connecting arm 40 .
  • the connection manner between the fourth support plate 90 and the second connecting arm 50 can refer to the connection manner between the third support plate 80 and the first connecting arm 40 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
  • the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 rotate relative to the middle shell 10
  • the first connecting arm 40 can not only drive the first support plate 20 to move relative to the middle shell 10
  • the rotation can also drive the third support plate 80 to rotate relative to the middle shell 10
  • the second connecting arm 50 can not only drive the second support plate 30 to rotate relative to the middle shell 10 , but also drive the fourth support plate 90 to rotate relative to the middle shell 10 .
  • the rotation of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 relative to the middle shell 10 has been described above in conjunction with FIG. 36 to FIG. 38 .
  • FIG. 38 is a partial cross-sectional view of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 30 when it is applied to the electronic device 1 and is in a flattened state.
  • the third support plate 80 is away from the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200
  • the fourth support plate 90 is far away from the second portion of the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 3202.
  • the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the middle case 10 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can be jointly used to support the bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 . It can be understood that, compared with the electronic device 1 shown in FIG.
  • the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 are added to improve the first support when the electronic device 1 is in a flattened state.
  • the contact area of the plate 20 , the second supporting plate 30 and the bending portion 2200 .
  • the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can support the bent portion 2200 at multiple positions, so as to make the bent portion 2200 more flat.
  • the third supporting plate 80, the first supporting plate 20, the second supporting plate 30 and the fourth supporting plate 90 support the bending portion 2200 together, thereby preventing the bending portion 2200 from occurring. collapse.
  • FIG. 39 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 38 in a closed state.
  • the third support plate 80 is close to the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200
  • the fourth support plate 90 is close to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 .
  • the bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 is located in the space enclosed by the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the middle case 10 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 .
  • the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can be used to jointly support the bending part 2200 so that the bending part 2200 is roughly in the shape of a "drop". It can be understood that, compared with the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 29 , in this embodiment, the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 are added to increase the height of the first support plate when the electronic device 1 is in a closed state. 20. The contact area between the second support plate 30 and the bending portion 2200 .
  • the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can support the bending part 2200 at multiple positions, so that the bending part 2200 is roughly in the shape of a "drop".
  • the flexible screen During the rotation of the whole machine, it will also promote the flexible screen to have more contact area, which is also conducive to the support of the intermediate state.
  • the third support plate 80 is close to the second part 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200, and the fourth support plate 80 The plate 90 is close to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 .
  • the third support plate 80 is away from the second part 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200
  • the fourth support plate 90 is away from the center of the second housing 300 .
  • the second portion 3202 of the plate 320 is .
  • the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 have a movable space.
  • the folding mechanism 100 may also include one of the third support plate 80 or the fourth support plate 90 .
  • the folding structure 100 may further include a fifth support plate, a sixth support plate, . . . a Pth support plate.
  • P is an integer greater than 4.
  • the arrangement manner of the (2S+1)th support plate may refer to the arrangement manner of the third support plate 80 .
  • the setting method of the 2S supporting plate please refer to the setting method of the fourth supporting plate 90 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Telephone Set Structure (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a folding mechanism and an electronic device. The folding mechanism comprises a middle enclosure, a first support plate and a first connection arm, and a rotation part of the first support plate is rotationally connected to a second rotation part of the middle enclosure. A rotation part of the first connection arm is rotationally connected to a first rotation part of the middle enclosure, and a sliding part of the first connection arm is slidably connected to a sliding part of the first support plate. The middle enclosure, the first support plate and the first connection arm of the present application may form a four-connection-rod structure, so that the folding mechanism is unfolded or folded by means of motion forms of the middle enclosure, the first support plate and the first connection arm. The folding mechanism of the present application has a simple structure and a small number of parts, on one hand, cost investment may be reduced to a large extent, on the other hand, the motion mode is simple, and mass production is easier.

Description

折叠机构及电子设备Folding mechanism and electronic equipment
本申请要求于2022年01月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210088310.8、申请名称为“折叠机构及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210088310.8 and the application name "folding mechanism and electronic equipment" submitted to the China Patent Office on January 25, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及可折叠电子产品技术领域,特别涉及一种折叠机构及电子设备。The present application relates to the technical field of foldable electronic products, in particular to a folding mechanism and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
折叠手机由于其在展平状态具有较大的显示面积,折叠状态具有小型化等特点,越来越受到广大用户的喜爱。传统的折叠手机包括柔性屏、第一壳体、第二壳体以及折叠机构。第一壳体与第二壳体用于承载柔性屏。折叠机构连接第一壳体与第二壳体。折叠机构用于使第一壳体与第二壳体相对展开或折叠,并使得柔性屏展开或折叠。然而,传统的折叠机构的部件多且结构复杂,导致折叠机构的成本较高。Folding mobile phones are more and more popular among users due to their large display area in the flattened state and miniaturization in the folded state. A traditional folding mobile phone includes a flexible screen, a first casing, a second casing and a folding mechanism. The first shell and the second shell are used to carry the flexible screen. The folding mechanism connects the first casing and the second casing. The folding mechanism is used for unfolding or folding the first shell and the second shell relative to each other, and unfolding or folding the flexible screen. However, the traditional folding mechanism has many parts and complex structure, which leads to high cost of the folding mechanism.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种结构简单,且低成本的折叠机构及电子设备。折叠机构可以应用于电子设备的折叠装置中。电子设备还可以包括安装于折叠装置的柔性屏。The present application provides a folding mechanism and electronic equipment with simple structure and low cost. The folding mechanism can be applied in a folding device of electronic equipment. The electronic device may further include a flexible screen mounted on the folder.
第一方面,本申请提供一种折叠机构。折叠机构包括中壳、第一支撑板以及第一连接臂,中壳包括间隔设置的第一转动部以及第二转动部,第一支撑板包括转动部和滑动部,第一支撑板的转动部转动连接中壳的第二转动部,第一支撑板的滑动部位于第二转动部的远离第一转动部的一侧。第一连接臂包括转动部以及滑动部,第一连接臂的转动部转动连接中壳的第一转动部,第一连接臂的滑动部滑动连接第一支撑板的滑动部。In a first aspect, the present application provides a folding mechanism. The folding mechanism includes a middle shell, a first supporting plate and a first connecting arm, the middle shell includes a first rotating part and a second rotating part arranged at intervals, the first supporting plate includes a rotating part and a sliding part, and the rotating part of the first supporting plate The second rotating portion of the middle shell is rotationally connected, and the sliding portion of the first support plate is located on a side of the second rotating portion away from the first rotating portion. The first connecting arm includes a rotating part and a sliding part, the rotating part of the first connecting arm is rotatably connected to the first rotating part of the middle shell, and the sliding part of the first connecting arm is slidably connected to the sliding part of the first support plate.
示例性地,第一支撑板的转动部可以为转轴结构。中壳的第二转动部可以为第二凹槽。第一支撑板的转动部转动连接中壳的第二转动部包括第一支撑板的转轴部分在中壳的第二凹槽内转动。在其他实施方式中,第一支撑板的转动部也可以为第二凹槽。中壳的第二转动部可以为转轴结构。Exemplarily, the rotating part of the first support plate may be a rotating shaft structure. The second rotating part of the middle shell may be a second groove. The rotating part of the first support plate is rotatably connected to the second rotating part of the middle case, including that the rotating shaft part of the first support plate rotates in the second groove of the middle case. In other embodiments, the rotating part of the first support plate may also be the second groove. The second rotating part of the middle shell may be a rotating shaft structure.
示例性地,第一连接臂的转动部可以为第一转轴。中壳的第一转动部可以为第一凹槽。第一连接臂的转动部转动连接中壳的第一转动部包括第一连接臂的第一转轴在中壳的第一凹槽内转动。在其他实施方式中,第一连接臂的转动部可以为第一凹槽。中壳的第一转动部可以为第一转轴。Exemplarily, the rotating portion of the first connecting arm may be a first rotating shaft. The first rotating part of the middle case may be a first groove. The rotating part of the first connecting arm is rotatably connected to the first rotating part of the middle case, including that the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm rotates in the first groove of the middle case. In other embodiments, the rotating part of the first connecting arm may be the first groove. The first rotating part of the middle case may be a first rotating shaft.
示例性地,第一支撑板的滑动部可以为第一凸起。第一连接臂的滑动部可以为第一滑槽。第一连接臂的滑动部滑动连接第一支撑板的滑动部包括第一支撑板的第一凸起在第一连接臂的第一滑槽内滑动。在其他实施方式中,第一支撑板的滑动部可以为第一滑槽。第一连接臂的滑动部可以为第一凸起。Exemplarily, the sliding portion of the first support plate may be a first protrusion. The sliding part of the first connecting arm may be a first sliding slot. The sliding part of the first connecting arm is slidably connected to the sliding part of the first supporting plate, including the first protrusion of the first supporting plate sliding in the first slot of the first connecting arm. In other embodiments, the sliding portion of the first support plate may be a first sliding groove. The sliding part of the first connecting arm may be a first protrusion.
可以理解的是,本申请通过将中壳、第一支撑板以及第一连接臂设置成四连杆结构,从而利用中壳、第一支撑板以及第一连接臂的运动形式来实现折叠机构的展平或者折叠,进而当折叠机构应用于电子设备时,电子设备可以实现自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换,或者自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换。本申请的折叠机构的结构简单,部件较少,一方面可以较大程度地降低成本投入,另一方面运动方式较为简单,更加容易量产。It can be understood that the present application arranges the middle shell, the first support plate and the first connecting arm in a four-link structure, so that the movement form of the middle shell, the first support plate and the first connecting arm is used to realize the function of the folding mechanism. Unfolding or folding, and then when the folding mechanism is applied to the electronic device, the electronic device can switch from the self-flattened state to the closed state, or from the closed state to the flattened state. The folding mechanism of the present application has a simple structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be reduced to a large extent. On the other hand, the movement mode is relatively simple, and mass production is easier.
另外,相较于将第一支撑板和中壳直接连接于电子设备的第一壳体的方案,由于电子设备的第一壳体还需要与电子设备的较多部件装配,第一壳体如果再考虑与第一支撑板和中壳 的连接关系,第一壳体的装配难度较大,很难实现。而本申请通过额外设置第一连接臂,可以使得中壳和第一支撑板在与第一壳体的装配中脱离出来。这样,本申请的中壳、第一支撑板可以先和第一连接臂装配成一个折叠机构,再将折叠机构装配在电子设备上,从而降低电子设备的装配难度。In addition, compared with the solution of directly connecting the first support plate and the middle case to the first case of the electronic device, since the first case of the electronic device needs to be assembled with more parts of the electronic device, if the first case Considering the connection relationship with the first support plate and the middle shell, the assembly of the first shell is difficult and difficult to realize. However, in the present application, by additionally providing the first connecting arm, the middle shell and the first support plate can be disengaged during assembly with the first shell. In this way, the middle case and the first support plate of the present application can be assembled with the first connecting arm to form a folding mechanism, and then the folding mechanism is assembled on the electronic device, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the electronic device.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一连接臂包括第一连接臂本体,第一连接臂的转动部与第一连接臂的滑动部均设于第一连接臂本体,第一连接臂本体位于中壳的第一端部和第一支撑板的第一端部的同一侧。In a possible implementation manner, the first connecting arm includes a first connecting arm body, the rotating part of the first connecting arm and the sliding part of the first connecting arm are both arranged on the first connecting arm body, and the first connecting arm body is located at The first end of the middle shell is on the same side as the first end of the first support plate.
可以理解的是,相较于在中壳与第一支撑板之间设置避让区,并将第一连接臂设置在避让区的方案,或者将第一连接臂与中壳堆叠设置的方案,或者将第一连接臂与第一支撑板堆叠设置的方案,本实现方式通过将第一连接臂本体设置于中壳的第一端部和第一支撑板的第一端部的同一侧,从而使得第一支撑板在相对中壳转动时,第一连接臂不容易影响第一支撑板的转动,也即可以较大程度地避免第一连接臂、中壳以及第一支撑板之间发生干涉。此外,本实现方式通过将第一连接臂本体设置于中壳的第一端部和第一支撑板的第一端部的同一侧,可以使得第一连接臂、中壳以及第一支撑板之间的排布更加地紧凑。这样,当折叠机构应用于电子设备时,折叠机构占用的空间较少。It can be understood that, compared with the solution of setting an avoidance area between the middle shell and the first support plate, and setting the first connecting arm in the avoidance area, or the solution of stacking the first connecting arm and the middle shell, or In the scheme of stacking the first connecting arm and the first supporting plate, in this implementation mode, the first connecting arm body is arranged on the same side of the first end of the middle shell and the first end of the first supporting plate, so that When the first supporting plate rotates relative to the middle shell, the first connecting arm is unlikely to affect the rotation of the first supporting plate, that is, the interference between the first connecting arm, the middle shell and the first supporting plate can be largely avoided. In addition, in this implementation mode, by arranging the first connecting arm body on the same side as the first end of the middle case and the first end of the first support plate, the connection between the first connecting arm, the middle case and the first support plate can be achieved. The layout is more compact. In this way, when the folding mechanism is applied to electronic equipment, the folding mechanism occupies less space.
在一种可能实现的方式中,中壳的第一转动部包括第一凹槽,中壳具有顶面和第一端面,中壳的第一端面连接中壳的顶面,第一凹槽的开口位于中壳的顶面和中壳的第一端面。第一连接臂的转动部包括第一转轴,第一连接臂的第一转轴的一部分设于第一凹槽内,第一连接臂的第一转轴在第一凹槽内转动。In a possible implementation manner, the first rotating part of the middle shell includes a first groove, the middle shell has a top surface and a first end surface, the first end surface of the middle shell is connected to the top surface of the middle shell, and the first groove The opening is located on the top surface of the middle shell and the first end surface of the middle shell. The rotating part of the first connecting arm includes a first rotating shaft, a part of the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm is arranged in the first groove, and the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm rotates in the first groove.
可以理解的是,本实现方式通过转轴与凹槽的配合关系,从而实现中壳与第一连接臂的连接方式,中壳与第一连接臂的连接方式较为简单。另一方面,通过将第一凹槽的开口设置于中壳的第一端面,第一连接臂的第一转轴可以通过第一端面的开口伸进第一凹槽内。这样,第一连接臂的装配较为简单。It can be understood that, in this implementation, the connection between the middle case and the first connecting arm is realized through the cooperation between the rotating shaft and the groove, and the connection between the middle case and the first connecting arm is relatively simple. On the other hand, by disposing the opening of the first groove on the first end surface of the middle shell, the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm can extend into the first groove through the opening of the first end surface. In this way, the assembly of the first connecting arm is relatively simple.
另外,相较于中壳设置转轴结构,第一连接臂设置第一凹槽的方案,一方面,本实现方式的第一凹槽设置在中壳。由于中壳的结构强度较大,第一凹槽对中壳的结构强度影响较小。另一方面,本实现方式的第一转轴设置在第一连接臂上,可以较大程度地增大第一连接臂的结构强度。In addition, compared with the scheme in which the middle shell is provided with a rotating shaft structure and the first connecting arm is provided with a first groove, on the one hand, the first groove of this implementation is arranged in the middle shell. Since the structural strength of the middle shell is greater, the first groove has less influence on the structural strength of the middle shell. On the other hand, in this implementation manner, the first rotating shaft is arranged on the first connecting arm, which can greatly increase the structural strength of the first connecting arm.
在一种可能实现的方式中,中壳设有容纳槽,容纳槽的开口位于中壳的顶面,容纳槽连通第一凹槽。折叠机构包括阻尼件,阻尼件固定于容纳槽内,阻尼件包裹第一连接臂的第一转轴的一部分,阻尼件用于增大第一连接臂的第一转轴在转动过程中受到的摩擦力。In a possible implementation manner, the middle case is provided with a receiving groove, the opening of the receiving groove is located on the top surface of the middle case, and the receiving groove communicates with the first groove. The folding mechanism includes a damping element, the damping element is fixed in the receiving groove, the damping element wraps a part of the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm, and the damping element is used to increase the frictional force received by the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm during the rotation process .
可以理解的是,本实现方式通过设置阻尼件,从而当折叠机构应用于电子设备时,且在电子设备自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换,或者自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换时,第一连接臂相对中壳转动,第一连接臂的第一转轴受到较大的摩擦力,第一连接臂相对中壳转动的速度较慢。这样,第一壳体相对中壳转动的速度较慢。柔性屏就不容易因第一壳体和第二壳体转速太快而导致柔性屏局部发生碰撞损坏。故而,本实施方式的柔性屏的可靠性较高,柔性屏具有较长的使用寿命。It can be understood that, by setting the damping member in this implementation, when the folding mechanism is applied to an electronic device, and when the electronic device switches from a flattened state to a closed state, or from a closed state to a flattened state, , the first connecting arm rotates relative to the middle shell, the first rotating shaft of the first connecting arm is subject to a relatively large frictional force, and the first connecting arm rotates relatively slowly to the middle shell. In this way, the rotation speed of the first housing relative to the middle housing is relatively slow. The flexible screen is less likely to be locally damaged by collision due to too fast rotation speed of the first housing and the second housing. Therefore, the flexible screen of this embodiment has high reliability, and the flexible screen has a long service life.
在一种可能实现的方式中,中壳的第二转动部包括第二凹槽,中壳具有第一侧面,中壳的第一侧面连接中壳的顶面和中壳的第一端面,第二凹槽的开口位于中壳的顶面、中壳的第一端面和中壳的第一侧面。第一支撑板的转动部为转轴结构,第一支撑板的转动部的至少部分设置于第二凹槽内,且在第二凹槽内转动。In a possible implementation manner, the second rotating portion of the middle case includes a second groove, the middle case has a first side, the first side of the middle case connects the top surface of the middle case and the first end surface of the middle case, and the second The openings of the two grooves are located on the top surface of the middle casing, the first end surface of the middle casing and the first side surface of the middle casing. The rotating part of the first supporting plate is a rotating shaft structure, at least part of the rotating part of the first supporting plate is arranged in the second groove, and rotates in the second groove.
可以理解的是,本实现方式通过转轴与凹槽的配合关系,从而实现中壳与第一支撑板的 连接方式,中壳与第一支撑板的连接方式较为简单。It can be understood that in this implementation mode, the connection between the middle case and the first support plate is realized through the cooperation between the shaft and the groove, and the connection between the middle case and the first support plate is relatively simple.
另外,相较于在第一支撑板上设置连接件,再利用连接件来实现第一支撑板与中壳转动连接的方案,本实现方式直接利用第一支撑板的侧部结构来与中壳连接,本实现方式的折叠机构的结构简单,部件较少,一方面可以较大程度地降低成本投入,另一方面运动方式较为简单,更加容易量产。In addition, compared with the solution of setting the connecting piece on the first supporting plate and then using the connecting piece to realize the rotational connection between the first supporting plate and the middle shell, this implementation method directly uses the side structure of the first supporting plate to connect with the middle shell. Connection, the folding mechanism of this implementation has a simple structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be reduced to a large extent. On the other hand, the movement mode is relatively simple, and it is easier to mass produce.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一连接臂的滑动部包括第一滑槽,第一支撑板的滑动部为第一凸起,第一凸起在第一滑槽内滑动。In a possible implementation manner, the sliding part of the first connecting arm includes a first sliding slot, the sliding part of the first support plate is a first protrusion, and the first protrusion slides in the first sliding slot.
可以理解的是,本实现方式通过第一凸起与滑槽的配合关系,从而实现第一连接臂与第一支撑板的连接方式,第一连接臂与第一支撑板的连接方式较为简单。It can be understood that in this implementation, the connection between the first connecting arm and the first support plate is realized through the cooperation relationship between the first protrusion and the sliding groove, and the connection between the first connecting arm and the first support plate is relatively simple.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一滑槽呈条形状,第一滑槽包括相对设置的第一端壁和第二端壁,第一滑槽的第二端壁相对第一滑槽的第一端壁靠近第一连接臂的转动部。In a possible implementation manner, the first chute is in the shape of a bar, the first chute includes a first end wall and a second end wall oppositely arranged, and the second end wall of the first chute is opposite to the first end wall of the first chute. The first end wall is close to the rotating part of the first connecting arm.
可以理解的是,通过设置第一滑槽的形状,可以一定程度地控制第一连接臂与第一支撑板之间的滑动速度,以使折叠机构具有较佳的可靠性。It can be understood that, by setting the shape of the first chute, the sliding speed between the first connecting arm and the first support plate can be controlled to a certain extent, so that the folding mechanism has better reliability.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一连接臂设有第一止位槽,第一止位槽具有相对设置的第一端壁和第二端壁,第一支撑板包括第二凸起,第二凸起设置于第一止位槽内,且在第一止位槽内滑动。当折叠机构处于展平状态时,第二凸起与第一止位槽的第一端壁接触,当折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第二凸起与第一止位槽的第二端壁接触。In a possible implementation manner, the first connecting arm is provided with a first stop groove, the first stop groove has a first end wall and a second end wall oppositely arranged, the first support plate includes a second protrusion, The second protrusion is disposed in the first stop slot and slides in the first stop slot. When the folding mechanism is in the flattened state, the second protrusion is in contact with the first end wall of the first stop groove, and when the folding mechanism is in the closed state, the second protrusion is in contact with the second end wall of the first stop groove .
可以理解的是,当折叠机构展开至展平状态时,第一支撑板的第二凸起可以与第一连接臂的第一止位槽的第一端壁接触。这样,第一连接臂的第一止位槽的第一端壁可以限制第一支撑板继续展开,从而避免第一支撑板发生过折的问题,也即准确控制第一支撑板在展平状态下的位置。It can be understood that, when the folding mechanism is unfolded to the flattened state, the second protrusion of the first support plate may contact the first end wall of the first stop groove of the first connecting arm. In this way, the first end wall of the first stop groove of the first connecting arm can restrict the first support plate from continuing to expand, thereby avoiding the problem of overfolding of the first support plate, that is, accurately controlling the first support plate in a flattened state down position.
当折叠机构折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板的第二凸起可以与第一连接臂的第一止位槽的第二端壁接触。这样,第一连接臂的第一止位槽的第二端壁可以限制第一支撑板继续折叠,从而避免第一支撑板发生过折的问题,也即准确控制第一支撑板在闭合状态下的位置。When the folding mechanism is folded to the closed state, the second protrusion of the first support plate can be in contact with the second end wall of the first stop slot of the first connecting arm. In this way, the second end wall of the first stop groove of the first connecting arm can restrict the first support plate from continuing to fold, thereby avoiding the problem of overfolding of the first support plate, that is, accurately controlling the first support plate in the closed state s position.
在一种可能实现的方式中,折叠机构包括第二支撑板以及第二连接臂,中壳包括第三转动部以及第四转动部,第三转动部位于第一转动部与第四转动部之间,第二支撑板的转动部转动连接中壳的第四转动部,第二支撑板的滑动部位于第四转动部的远离第三转动部的一侧。第二连接臂包括转动部以及滑动部,第二连接臂的转动部转动连接中壳的第三转动部,第二连接臂的滑动部滑动连接第二支撑板的滑动部。In a possible implementation manner, the folding mechanism includes a second support plate and a second connecting arm, the middle shell includes a third rotating part and a fourth rotating part, and the third rotating part is located between the first rotating part and the fourth rotating part. Between them, the rotating part of the second support plate is rotatably connected to the fourth rotating part of the middle shell, and the sliding part of the second supporting plate is located on the side of the fourth rotating part away from the third rotating part. The second connecting arm includes a rotating part and a sliding part, the rotating part of the second connecting arm is rotatably connected to the third rotating part of the middle shell, and the sliding part of the second connecting arm is slidably connected to the sliding part of the second support plate.
示例性地,第二支撑板的转动部可以为转轴结构。中壳的第四转动部可以为第四凹槽。第二支撑板的转动部转动连接中壳的第四转动部包括第二支撑板的转轴部分在中壳的第四凹槽内转动。在其他实施方式中,第二支撑板的转动部也可以为第四凹槽。中壳的第四转动部可以为转轴结构。Exemplarily, the rotating part of the second support plate may be a rotating shaft structure. The fourth rotating part of the middle case may be a fourth groove. The rotating part of the second support plate is rotatably connected to the fourth rotating part of the middle case, including the rotating shaft part of the second support plate rotating in the fourth groove of the middle case. In other implementation manners, the rotating part of the second support plate may also be the fourth groove. The fourth rotating part of the middle shell may be a rotating shaft structure.
示例性地,第二连接臂的转动部可以为第二转轴。中壳的第三转动部可以为第三凹槽。第二连接臂的转动部转动连接中壳的第三转动部包括第二连接臂的第二转轴在中壳的第三凹槽内转动。在其他实施方式中,第二连接臂的转动部可以为第三凹槽。中壳的第三转动部可以为第二转轴。Exemplarily, the rotating part of the second connecting arm may be a second rotating shaft. The third rotating part of the middle case may be a third groove. The rotating part of the second connecting arm is rotatably connected to the third rotating part of the middle case, including that the second rotating shaft of the second connecting arm rotates in the third groove of the middle case. In other embodiments, the rotating part of the second connecting arm may be a third groove. The third rotating part of the middle case may be the second rotating shaft.
示例性地,第二支撑板的滑动部可以为第一凸起。第二连接臂的滑动部可以为第二滑槽。第二连接臂的滑动部滑动连接第二支撑板的滑动部包括第二支撑板的第一凸起在第二连接臂的第二滑槽内滑动。在其他实施方式中,第二支撑板的滑动部可以为第二滑槽。第二连接臂的滑动部可以为第一凸起。Exemplarily, the sliding portion of the second support plate may be a first protrusion. The sliding part of the second connecting arm may be a second sliding slot. The sliding part of the second connecting arm is slidably connected to the sliding part of the second supporting plate, including the first protrusion of the second supporting plate sliding in the second sliding groove of the second connecting arm. In other embodiments, the sliding portion of the second support plate may be a second slide groove. The sliding part of the second connecting arm may be a first protrusion.
可以理解的是,本申请通过将中壳、第一支撑板以及第一连接臂设置成四连杆结构,以及将中壳、第二支撑板以及第二连接臂也设置成四连杆结构,从而利用中壳、第一支撑板、第二支撑板、第一连接臂以及第二连接臂的运动形式来实现折叠机构的展平或者折叠,进而当折叠机构应用于电子设备时,电子设备可以实现自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换,或者自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换。本申请的折叠机构的结构更简单,部件更少,一方面可以较大程度地降低成本投入,另一方面运动方式较为简单,更加容易量产。It can be understood that, by arranging the middle shell, the first supporting plate and the first connecting arm in a four-link structure, and setting the middle shell, the second supporting plate and the second connecting arm in a four-link structure, Therefore, the folding mechanism can be flattened or folded by using the movement form of the middle shell, the first support plate, the second support plate, the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm, and then when the folding mechanism is applied to an electronic device, the electronic device can Realize the transition from the self-flattened state to the closed state, or the transition from the closed state to the flattened state. The folding mechanism of the present application has a simpler structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be reduced to a large extent. On the other hand, the movement mode is relatively simple, and mass production is easier.
另外,本申请通过额外设置第二连接臂,可以使得中壳和第二支撑板在与第二壳体的装配中脱离出来。这样,本申请的中壳、第二支撑板可以先和第二连接臂装配成一个折叠机构,再将折叠机构装配在电子设备上,从而进一步地降低电子设备的装配难度。In addition, in the present application, by additionally providing the second connecting arm, the middle shell and the second support plate can be disengaged during assembly with the second shell. In this way, the middle case and the second support plate of the present application can be assembled with the second connecting arm to form a folding mechanism, and then the folding mechanism is assembled on the electronic device, thereby further reducing the difficulty of assembling the electronic device.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第二连接臂包括第二连接臂本体,第二连接臂的转动部与第二连接臂的滑动部均设于第二连接臂本体,第二连接臂本体位于中壳的第一端部和第二支撑板的第一端部的同一侧。In a possible implementation manner, the second connecting arm includes a second connecting arm body, the rotating part of the second connecting arm and the sliding part of the second connecting arm are both arranged on the second connecting arm body, and the second connecting arm body is located at The first end of the middle shell is on the same side as the first end of the second support plate.
可以理解的是,相较于在中壳与第二支撑板之间设置避让区,并将第二连接臂设置在避让区的方案,或者将第二连接臂与中壳堆叠设置的方案,或者将第二连接臂与第二支撑板堆叠设置的方案,本实现方式通过将第二连接臂本体设置于中壳的第一端部和第二支撑板的第一端部的同一侧,从而使得第二支撑板在相对中壳转动时,第二连接臂不容易影响第二支撑板的转动,也即可以较大程度地避免第二连接臂、中壳以及第二支撑板之间发生干涉。此外,本实现方式通过将第二连接臂本体设置于中壳的第一端部和第二支撑板的第一端部的同一侧,可以使得第二连接臂、中壳以及第二支撑板之间的排布更加地紧凑。这样,当折叠机构应用于电子设备时,折叠机构占用的空间较少。It can be understood that, compared with the solution of setting an avoidance area between the middle shell and the second support plate, and setting the second connecting arm in the avoidance area, or the solution of stacking the second connecting arm and the middle shell, or In the scheme of stacking the second connecting arm and the second supporting plate, in this implementation mode, the second connecting arm body is arranged on the same side of the first end of the middle shell and the first end of the second supporting plate, so that When the second supporting plate rotates relative to the middle shell, the second connecting arm is not likely to affect the rotation of the second supporting plate, that is, the interference between the second connecting arm, the middle shell and the second supporting plate can be largely avoided. In addition, in this implementation mode, by arranging the second connecting arm body on the same side as the first end of the middle case and the first end of the second support plate, the connection between the second connection arm, the middle case and the second support plate can be achieved. The layout is more compact. In this way, when the folding mechanism is applied to electronic equipment, the folding mechanism occupies less space.
在一种可能实现的方式中,折叠机构还包括配合件,配合件包括固定部、第一勾部以及第二勾部,第一勾部与第二勾部连接于固定部的两端;固定部固定于中壳,第一勾部勾设于第一支撑板,第二勾部勾设于第二支撑板,第一支撑板相对第一勾部转动,第二支撑板相对第二勾部转动。In a possible implementation manner, the folding mechanism further includes a fitting, and the fitting includes a fixing part, a first hook part, and a second hook part, and the first hook part and the second hook part are connected to two ends of the fixing part; The first hook is fixed on the middle shell, the first hook is hooked on the first support plate, the second hook is hooked on the second support plate, the first support plate rotates relative to the first hook, and the second support plate rotates relative to the second hook turn.
可以理解的是,本实施方式利用配合件可以用来避免当第一支撑板与第二支撑板相对中壳转动时,第一支撑板与中壳发生脱离,第二支撑板与中壳发生脱离,进而保证第一支撑板、第二支撑板与中壳的连接稳定性,保证折叠机构具有较佳的可靠性。It can be understood that in this embodiment, the fittings can be used to prevent the first support plate from the middle shell and the second support plate from the middle shell when the first support plate and the second support plate rotate relative to the middle shell. , thereby ensuring the stability of the connection between the first support plate, the second support plate and the middle shell, and ensuring better reliability of the folding mechanism.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第二连接臂与第一连接臂啮合。这样,当第一连接臂相对中壳转动,第二连接臂相对中壳转动时,第一连接臂与第二连接臂可以实现同步转动。In a possible implementation manner, the second connecting arm engages with the first connecting arm. In this way, when the first connecting arm rotates relative to the middle case and the second connecting arm rotates relative to the middle case, the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm can rotate synchronously.
在一种可能实现的方式中,折叠机构还包括第三支撑板,第一支撑板连接中壳与第三支撑板。第三支撑板包括滑动部和第一固定部,第三支撑板的滑动部滑动连接第一支撑板,第三支撑板的第一固定部转动连接第一连接臂。In a possible implementation manner, the folding mechanism further includes a third support plate, and the first support plate connects the middle case and the third support plate. The third supporting board includes a sliding part and a first fixing part, the sliding part of the third supporting board is slidably connected to the first supporting board, and the first fixing part of the third supporting board is rotatably connected to the first connecting arm.
可以理解的是,相较于折叠机构只包括第一支撑板和第二支撑板的方案。当本实施方式的折叠机构应用于电子设备时,通过增加设置第三支撑板,从而在电子设备处于展平状态时,提高第一支撑板、第二支撑板与弯折部的接触面积。这样,第三支撑板、第一支撑板和第二支撑板可以多位置的支撑弯折部,以使弯折部更加的平坦。此时,当用户在触摸弯折部时,第三支撑板、第一支撑板和第二支撑板共同支撑弯折部,从而避免弯折部发生塌陷。在电子设备处于闭合状态时,提高第一支撑板、第二支撑板与弯折部的接触面积。这样,第三支撑板、第一支撑板和第二支撑板可以多位置支撑弯折部,以使弯折部大致呈“水滴”型。在整机转动过程中,也会促使柔性屏有更多的接触面积,也有利于中间状态的支撑。It can be understood that, compared with the solution that the folding mechanism only includes the first support plate and the second support plate. When the folding mechanism of this embodiment is applied to an electronic device, the contact area between the first support plate, the second support plate and the bending portion is increased when the electronic device is in a flattened state by adding the third support plate. In this way, the third support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate can support the bent portion at multiple positions, so as to make the bent portion more flat. At this time, when the user touches the bent part, the third support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate jointly support the bent part, thereby preventing the bent part from collapsing. When the electronic device is in a closed state, the contact area between the first support plate, the second support plate and the bending portion is increased. In this way, the third support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate can support the bent portion at multiple positions, so that the bent portion is roughly in the shape of a "drop". During the rotation of the whole machine, it will also promote the flexible screen to have more contact area, which is also conducive to the support of the intermediate state.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第三支撑板的滑动部包括滑孔,第一支撑板的一部分设置于滑孔内,且在滑孔内滑动。In a possible implementation manner, the sliding portion of the third supporting plate includes a sliding hole, and a part of the first supporting plate is disposed in the sliding hole and slides in the sliding hole.
可以理解的是,本实现方式通过设置第一支撑板的一部分与滑孔的配合关系,从而实现第三支撑板与第一支撑板的连接方式,第三支撑板与第一支撑板的连接方式较为简单。It can be understood that, in this implementation, the connection between the third support plate and the first support plate and the connection mode between the third support plate and the first support plate are realized by setting the cooperation relationship between a part of the first support plate and the sliding hole. Simpler.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一固定部为凸起结构,第一连接臂设有第一固定槽,第三支撑板的第一连接部在第一连接臂的第一固定槽内转动。可以理解的是,本实现方式通过凸起结构与第一固定槽的配合关系,从而实现第三支撑板与第一连接臂的连接方式,第三支撑板与第一连接臂的连接方式较为简单。In a possible implementation manner, the first fixing part is a protruding structure, the first connecting arm is provided with a first fixing groove, and the first connecting part of the third support plate rotates in the first fixing groove of the first connecting arm . It can be understood that in this implementation, the connection between the third support plate and the first connecting arm is realized through the cooperation between the protrusion structure and the first fixing groove, and the connection between the third support plate and the first connecting arm is relatively simple. .
在一种可能实现的方式中,折叠机构还包括第四支撑板,第二支撑板连接中壳与第四支撑板。第四支撑板包括滑动部和第一固定部,第四支撑板的滑动部滑动连接第二支撑板,第四支撑板的第一固定部转动连接第二连接臂。In a possible implementation manner, the folding mechanism further includes a fourth support plate, and the second support plate connects the middle case and the fourth support plate. The fourth supporting board includes a sliding part and a first fixing part, the sliding part of the fourth supporting board is slidably connected to the second supporting board, and the first fixing part of the fourth supporting board is rotatably connected to the second connecting arm.
可以理解的是,相较于折叠机构只包括第一支撑板和第二支撑板的方案。当本实施方式的折叠机构应用于电子设备时,通过增加设置第四支撑板,从而在电子设备处于展平状态时,提高第一支撑板、第二支撑板与弯折部的接触面积。这样,第四支撑板、第一支撑板和第二支撑板可以多位置的支撑弯折部,以使弯折部更加的平坦。此时,当用户在触摸弯折部时,第四支撑板、第一支撑板和第二支撑板共同支撑弯折部,从而避免弯折部发生塌陷。在电子设备处于闭合状态时,提高第一支撑板、第二支撑板与弯折部的接触面积。这样,第四支撑板、第一支撑板和第二支撑板可以多位置支撑弯折部,以使弯折部大致呈“水滴”型。在整机转动过程中,也会促使柔性屏有更多的接触面积,也有利于中间状态的支撑。It can be understood that, compared with the solution that the folding mechanism only includes the first support plate and the second support plate. When the folding mechanism of this embodiment is applied to an electronic device, the contact area between the first support plate, the second support plate and the bending portion is increased when the electronic device is in a flattened state by adding the fourth support plate. In this way, the fourth support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate can support the bent portion at multiple positions, so as to make the bent portion more flat. At this time, when the user touches the bent part, the fourth support plate, the first support plate and the second support plate jointly support the bent part, thereby preventing the bent part from collapsing. When the electronic device is in a closed state, the contact area between the first support plate, the second support plate and the bending portion is increased. In this way, the fourth supporting board, the first supporting board and the second supporting board can support the bent part at multiple positions, so that the bent part is roughly in the shape of a "drop". During the rotation of the whole machine, it will also promote the flexible screen to have more contact area, which is also conducive to the support of the intermediate state.
第二方面,本申请提供一种电子设备。电子设备包括第一壳体、第二壳体以及如上的折叠机构,折叠机构连接第一壳体与第二壳体,折叠机构用于使第一壳体和第二壳体相对折叠或展开,其中,第一连接臂固定于第一壳体;柔性屏包括依次排列的第一非弯折部、弯折部以及第二非弯折部,第一非弯折部固定于第一壳体,第二非弯折部固定于第二壳体,在第一壳体与第二壳体相对展开或闭合的过程中,弯折部发生形变。In a second aspect, the present application provides an electronic device. The electronic device includes a first housing, a second housing and the above folding mechanism, the folding mechanism connects the first housing and the second housing, and the folding mechanism is used to make the first housing and the second housing relatively fold or unfold, Wherein, the first connecting arm is fixed to the first housing; the flexible screen includes a first non-bending portion, a bending portion and a second non-bending portion arranged in sequence, the first non-bending portion is fixed to the first housing, The second non-bending portion is fixed to the second casing, and the bending portion is deformed during the relative unfolding or closing process of the first casing and the second casing.
可以理解的是,当折叠机构应用于电子设备时,电子设备的结构简单,部件较少,一方面可以较大程度地降低成本投入,另一方面运动方式较为简单,更加容易量产。It can be understood that when the folding mechanism is applied to electronic equipment, the electronic equipment has a simple structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be greatly reduced. On the other hand, the movement mode is relatively simple, and it is easier to mass-produce.
另外,相较于将第一支撑板和中壳直接连接于电子设备的第一壳体的方案,由于电子设备的第一壳体还需要与电子设备的较多部件装配,第一壳体如果再考虑与第一支撑板和中壳的连接关系,第一壳体的装配难度较大,很难实现。而本申请通过额外设置第一连接臂,可以使得中壳和第一支撑板在与第一壳体的装配中脱离出来。这样,本申请的中壳、第一支撑板可以先和第一连接臂装配成一个折叠机构,再将折叠机构装配在电子设备上,从而降低电子设备的装配难度。In addition, compared with the solution of directly connecting the first support plate and the middle case to the first case of the electronic device, since the first case of the electronic device needs to be assembled with more parts of the electronic device, if the first case Considering the connection relationship with the first support plate and the middle shell, the assembly of the first shell is difficult and difficult to realize. However, in the present application, by additionally providing the first connecting arm, the middle shell and the first support plate can be disengaged during assembly with the first shell. In this way, the middle case and the first support plate of the present application can be assembled with the first connecting arm to form a folding mechanism, and then the folding mechanism is assembled on the electronic device, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the electronic device.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一连接臂的第一连接臂本体与柔性屏的错开设置。可以理解的是,通过将第一连接臂主体与柔性屏错开设置,从而当第一连接臂在转动过程中,第一连接臂对柔性屏的影响较小。In a possible implementation manner, the first connecting arm body of the first connecting arm and the flexible screen are staggered. It can be understood that by staggering the main body of the first connecting arm and the flexible screen, when the first connecting arm is rotating, the impact of the first connecting arm on the flexible screen is small.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一壳体包括边框和中板,边框连接中板,且边框围绕中板。第一非弯折部固定第一壳体的中板,第一连接臂的第一连接臂本体固定边框。可以理解的是,通过将第一连接臂主体固定连接第一壳体的边框,从而使得第一连接臂主体与柔性屏错开设置。这样,当第一连接臂在转动过程中,第一连接臂对柔性屏的影响较小。In a possible implementation manner, the first housing includes a frame and a middle plate, the frame is connected to the middle plate, and the frame surrounds the middle plate. The first non-bending portion fixes the middle plate of the first casing, and the first connecting arm body of the first connecting arm fixes the frame. It can be understood that, by fixing the main body of the first connecting arm to the frame of the first housing, the main body of the first connecting arm is staggered from the flexible screen. In this way, when the first connecting arm is rotating, the first connecting arm has less influence on the flexible screen.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第二连接臂的第二连接臂本体与柔性屏的错开设置。可以理解的是,通过将第二连接臂主体与柔性屏错开设置,从而当第二连接臂在转动过程中,第二 连接臂对柔性屏的影响较小。In a possible implementation manner, the second connecting arm body of the second connecting arm and the flexible screen are staggered. It can be understood that by staggering the main body of the second connecting arm and the flexible screen, when the second connecting arm is rotating, the influence of the second connecting arm on the flexible screen is small.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第二连接臂的第二连接臂本体固定边框。这样,第二连接臂主体可以与柔性屏错开设置。当第二连接臂在转动过程中,第二连接臂对柔性屏的影响较小。In a possible implementation manner, the second connecting arm body of the second connecting arm fixes the frame. In this way, the main body of the second connecting arm can be set in a staggered manner with the flexible screen. When the second connecting arm is rotating, the second connecting arm has less influence on the flexible screen.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施方式提供的电子设备处于展平状态时的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural view of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application when it is in a flattened state;
图2是图1所示的电子设备的部分分解示意图;FIG. 2 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 1;
图3是图1所示的电子设备处于中间状态的结构示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Fig. 1 in an intermediate state;
图4是图1所示的电子设备处于闭合状态的结构示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Fig. 1 in a closed state;
图5是图4所示的电子设备在A1-A1线处的部分剖面图;Fig. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in Fig. 4 at the line A1-A1;
图6是图2所示的折叠装置的部分分解示意图;Fig. 6 is a partially exploded schematic view of the folding device shown in Fig. 2;
图7是图6所示的折叠机构的部分分解示意图;Fig. 7 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 6;
图8是图7所示的中壳的部分结构示意图;Fig. 8 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the middle shell shown in Fig. 7;
图9是图7所示的中壳在另一个角度下的部分结构示意图;Fig. 9 is a partial structural diagram of the middle shell shown in Fig. 7 at another angle;
图10是图7所示的第一支撑板的部分结构示意图;Fig. 10 is a partial structural schematic view of the first support plate shown in Fig. 7;
图11是图7所示的中壳、第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间的配合示意图;Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of cooperation between the middle shell, the first support plate and the second support plate shown in Fig. 7;
图12是图11所示的部分折叠机构在A2-A2线处的剖面图;Fig. 12 is a sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 11 at line A2-A2;
图13是图12所示的部分折叠机构处于闭合状态的部分剖面图;Fig. 13 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 12 in a closed state;
图14是图11所示的部分折叠机构在A3-A3线处的部分剖面图;Fig. 14 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 11 at line A3-A3;
图15是图7所示的第一连接臂与第二连接臂的放大图;Fig. 15 is an enlarged view of the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm shown in Fig. 7;
图16a是图15所示的第一连接臂与第二连接臂在另一角度下的结构示意图;Fig. 16a is a structural schematic diagram of the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm shown in Fig. 15 at another angle;
图16b是图7所示的第一连接臂与第二连接臂的另一种实施方式的结构示意图;Fig. 16b is a structural schematic diagram of another embodiment of the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm shown in Fig. 7;
图17是图6所示的折叠机构的部分结构示意图;Fig. 17 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 6;
图18是图17所示的部分折叠机构在A4-A4线处的部分剖面图;Fig. 18 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 17 at line A4-A4;
图19是图17所示的部分折叠机构在A5-A5线处的部分剖面图;Fig. 19 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 17 at line A5-A5;
图20是图19所示的部分折叠机构处于中间状态下的结构示意图;Fig. 20 is a structural schematic diagram of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 19 in an intermediate state;
图21是图19所示的部分折叠机构处于闭合状态下的结构示意图;Fig. 21 is a schematic structural view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 19 in a closed state;
图22是图6所示的第一壳体在另一个角度下的结构示意图;Fig. 22 is a schematic structural view of the first housing shown in Fig. 6 at another angle;
图23是图22所示的第一壳体在B1处的放大示意图;Fig. 23 is an enlarged schematic view of the first housing shown in Fig. 22 at B1;
图24是图2所示的折叠装置的部分结构示意图;Fig. 24 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding device shown in Fig. 2;
图25是图24所示的折叠装置在B2处的放大示意图;Fig. 25 is an enlarged schematic view of the folding device shown in Fig. 24 at B2;
图26是图25所示的折叠装置在A6-A6线处的部分剖面图;Fig. 26 is a partial sectional view of the folding device shown in Fig. 25 at line A6-A6;
图27是图25所示的部分折叠装置与柔性屏的装配示意图;Fig. 27 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the partially folding device and the flexible screen shown in Fig. 25;
图28是图27所示的电子设备在A7-A7线处的部分剖面图;Fig. 28 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in Fig. 27 at line A7-A7;
图29是图28所示的电子设备处于闭合状态下的部分剖面图;Fig. 29 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in Fig. 28 in a closed state;
图30是本申请实施例的另一种实施方式的折叠机构的分解示意图;Fig. 30 is an exploded schematic diagram of a folding mechanism according to another embodiment of the embodiment of the present application;
图31是图30所示的第一支撑板的部分结构示意图;Fig. 31 is a partial structural schematic view of the first support plate shown in Fig. 30;
图32是图30所示的第一连接臂和第二连接臂的放大图;Figure 32 is an enlarged view of the first connecting arm and the second connecting arm shown in Figure 30;
图33是图30所示的第三支撑板的部分结构示意图;Fig. 33 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the third support plate shown in Fig. 30;
图34是图30所示的折叠机构的部分组装示意图;Fig. 34 is a partial assembly diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 30;
图35是图34所示的部分折叠机构在A8-A8线处的部分剖面图;Fig. 35 is a partial sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Fig. 34 at the line A8-A8;
图36是图35所示的部分折叠机构处于闭合状态的部分剖面图;Figure 36 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism shown in Figure 35 in a closed state;
图37是图30所示的折叠机构的部分组装示意图;Fig. 37 is a partial assembly diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 30;
图38是图30所示的折叠机构应用于电子设备时且处于展平状态的部分剖面图;FIG. 38 is a partial cross-sectional view of the folding mechanism shown in FIG. 30 when it is applied to an electronic device and in a flattened state;
图39是图38所示的电子设备处于闭合状态的部分剖面图。FIG. 39 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in FIG. 38 in a closed state.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请以下各个实施例进行描述。The following embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
在本申请实施例的描述中,需要说明的是,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“连接”应做广义理解,例如,“连接”可以是可拆卸地连接,也可以是不可拆卸地连接;可以是直接连接,也可以通过中间媒介间接连接。其中,“固定连接”可以是彼此连接且连接后的相对位置关系不变。“转动连接”可以是彼此连接且连接后能够相对转动。“滑动连接”可以是彼此连接且连接后能够相对滑动。“滚动”可以是转动与位移的复合运动。本申请实施例中所提到的方位用语,例如,“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”等,仅是参考附图的方向,因此,使用的方位用语是为了更好、更清楚地说明及理解本申请实施例,而不是指示或暗指所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请实施例的限制。“多个”是指至少两个。In the description of the embodiments of this application, it should be noted that unless otherwise specified and limited, the term "connection" should be understood in a broad sense, for example, "connection" can be a detachable connection or a non-detachable connection. A connection; either direct or indirect through an intermediary. Wherein, "fixed connection" may be connected with each other and the relative position relationship after connection remains unchanged. "Rotational connection" may mean that they are connected to each other and can be rotated relative to each other after being connected. "Sliding connection" may mean that they are connected to each other and can slide relative to each other after being connected. "Rolling" can be a compound motion of rotation and displacement. The orientation terms mentioned in the embodiments of the present application, such as "top", "bottom", "inner", "outer", etc., are only referring to the directions of the drawings, therefore, the orientation terms used are for better, To illustrate and understand the embodiments of the present application more clearly, it does not indicate or imply that the devices or components referred to must have specific orientations, be constructed and operated in specific orientations, and therefore should not be construed as limiting the embodiments of the present application. "Multiple" means at least two.
请参阅图1和图2,图1是本申请实施方式提供的电子设备1处于展平状态时的结构示意图。图2是图1所示的电子设备1的部分分解示意图。电子设备1包括折叠装置1000以及柔性屏2000。柔性屏2000用于显示图像。柔性屏2000固定连接折叠装置1000。折叠装置1000用于带动柔性屏2000运动,以使柔性屏2000展开或者折叠。Please refer to FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 . FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 1 provided in an embodiment of the present application when it is in a flattened state. FIG. 2 is a partially exploded schematic view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 1 . The electronic device 1 includes a folding device 1000 and a flexible screen 2000 . The flexible screen 2000 is used to display images. The flexible screen 2000 is fixedly connected to the folding device 1000 . The folding device 1000 is used to drive the flexible screen 2000 to move so as to expand or fold the flexible screen 2000 .
可以理解的是,当折叠装置1000处于打开状态时,电子设备1处于展平状态。此时,柔性屏2000随折叠装置1000展开,处于展平形态。It can be understood that when the folding device 1000 is in an open state, the electronic device 1 is in a flat state. At this time, the flexible screen 2000 is unfolded with the folding device 1000 and is in a flattened state.
请参阅图3,图3是图1所示的电子设备1处于中间状态的结构示意图。当折叠装置1000处于打开或者闭合的过程中,电子设备1处于中间状态。此时,柔性屏2000随折叠装置1000展开或者闭合,并处于弯折形态。Please refer to FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 1 in an intermediate state. When the folding device 1000 is in the process of opening or closing, the electronic device 1 is in an intermediate state. At this time, the flexible screen 2000 is unfolded or closed with the folding device 1000 and is in a bent state.
请参阅图4和图5,图4是图1所示的电子设备1处于闭合状态的结构示意图。图5是图4所示的电子设备1在A1-A1线处的部分剖面图。当折叠装置1000处于闭合状态时,电子设备1处于闭合状态。此时,柔性屏2000随折叠装置1000闭合,并处于折叠形态。Please refer to FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 . FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 1 in a closed state. FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 4 at the line A1-A1. When the folding device 1000 is in the closed state, the electronic device 1 is in the closed state. At this time, the flexible screen 2000 is closed with the folding device 1000 and is in a folded state.
可以理解的是,电子设备1的中间状态为展平状态与闭合状态之间的任意一个状态。为了方便描述,图3仅示意了电子设备1的一个中间状态。It can be understood that the intermediate state of the electronic device 1 is any state between the flattened state and the closed state. For convenience of description, FIG. 3 only shows an intermediate state of the electronic device 1 .
当电子设备1处于展平状态时,电子设备1具有较大的显示面积,用户的观看体验性较佳。当电子设备1处于闭合状态时,电子设备1的平面尺寸较小,方便用户携带。其中,电子设备1可以为笔记本电脑、手机、平板电脑、个人计算机等可折叠的电子产品。图1所示的实施方式的电子设备1以笔记本电脑为例进行阐述。When the electronic device 1 is in the flattened state, the electronic device 1 has a larger display area, and the viewing experience of the user is better. When the electronic device 1 is in the closed state, the planar size of the electronic device 1 is small, which is convenient for the user to carry. Wherein, the electronic device 1 may be a foldable electronic product such as a notebook computer, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, and a personal computer. The electronic device 1 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 will be described by taking a notebook computer as an example.
为了便于描述,示例性地,定义电子设备1的转动轴线的延伸方向为Y轴方向。电子设备1的厚度方向为Z轴方向。垂直于Y轴方向和Z轴方向为X轴方向。可以理解的是,电子设备1的坐标系也可以根据具体需求灵活设置。在本实施方式中,电子设备1的转动轴线的方向为Y轴方向时,折叠装置1000能够使得柔性屏2000沿Y轴方向相对展开或折叠。这样,当电子设备1处于闭合状态时,电子设备1在X轴方向的尺寸变小。For the convenience of description, for example, the extension direction of the rotation axis of the electronic device 1 is defined as the Y-axis direction. The thickness direction of the electronic device 1 is the Z-axis direction. The X-axis direction is perpendicular to the Y-axis direction and the Z-axis direction. It can be understood that the coordinate system of the electronic device 1 can also be flexibly set according to specific requirements. In this embodiment, when the direction of the rotation axis of the electronic device 1 is the Y-axis direction, the folding device 1000 can relatively unfold or fold the flexible screen 2000 along the Y-axis direction. In this way, when the electronic device 1 is in the closed state, the size of the electronic device 1 in the X-axis direction becomes smaller.
请参阅图6,图6是图2所示的折叠装置1000的部分分解示意图。折叠装置1000包括折叠机构100、第一壳体200以及第二壳体300。折叠机构100连接第一壳体200与第二壳体 300。折叠机构100用于使第一壳体200与第二壳体300相对展开或折叠。Please refer to FIG. 6 . FIG. 6 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the folding device 1000 shown in FIG. 2 . The folding device 1000 includes a folding mechanism 100 , a first housing 200 and a second housing 300 . The folding mechanism 100 connects the first casing 200 and the second casing 300. The folding mechanism 100 is used for unfolding or folding the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 relative to each other.
如图1和图2所示,当第一壳体200与第二壳体300展开至打开状态时,电子设备1处于展平状态,第一壳体200与第二壳体300可以呈180°。在其他实施例中,第一壳体200与第二壳体300也可以相对180°存在少许偏差,例如165°、177°或者185°等。As shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , when the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are unfolded to the open state, the electronic device 1 is in a flattened state, and the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 can form an angle of 180°. . In other embodiments, the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 may also have a slight deviation relative to 180°, such as 165°, 177° or 185°.
如图3所示,当第一壳体200与第二壳体300处于打开或者折叠的过程中,电子设备1处于中间状态,第一壳体200与第二壳体300之间呈一定角度设置。例如,第一壳体200与第二壳体300之间可以呈30°、90°、100°或者120°等角度。As shown in FIG. 3 , when the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are in the process of being opened or folded, the electronic device 1 is in an intermediate state, and the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are arranged at a certain angle. . For example, the angle between the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 may be 30°, 90°, 100° or 120°.
如图4和图5所示,当第一壳体200与第二壳体300折叠至闭合状态时,电子设备1处于闭合状态,第一壳体200与第二壳体300可以相互合拢,第一壳体200与第二壳体300之间相对设置。这样,电子设备1的外观体验较佳,且防水、防尘、防异物的性能较佳。第一壳体200与第二壳体300合拢的情况包括第一壳体200与第二壳体300相互接触的情况(也即无缝隙的情况),也可以包括两者之间根据屏幕可靠性需求也可设计为具有较小缝隙的情况。当第一壳体200与第二壳体300存在较小缝隙时,电子设备1外部的一些异物也不会通过该缝隙进入第一壳体200与第二壳体300之间。As shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 , when the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are folded to the closed state, the electronic device 1 is in the closed state, and the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 can be folded together. The first housing 200 is opposite to the second housing 300 . In this way, the appearance experience of the electronic device 1 is better, and the performance of waterproof, dustproof, and foreign matter is better. The situation that the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 are closed includes the situation that the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 are in contact with each other (that is, there is no gap), and it can also include the gap between the two according to the reliability of the screen. Requirements can also be designed to be the case with smaller gaps. When there is a small gap between the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 , some foreign matter outside the electronic device 1 will not enter between the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 through the gap.
请再次参阅图1和图2,柔性屏2000包括第一非弯折部2100、弯折部2200以及第二非弯折部2300。弯折部2200连接在第一非弯折部2100与第二非弯折部2300之间。图1与图2均用虚线简单地示意性区分第一非弯折部2100、弯折部2200以及第二非弯折部2300。柔性屏2000的第一非弯折部2100固定连接于第一壳体200。第二非弯折部2300固定连接于第二壳体300。在第一壳体200与第二壳体300相对打开或闭合的过程中,第一壳体200可以带动第一非弯折部2100活动,第二壳体300可以带动第二非弯折部2300活动,第一非弯折部2100与第二非弯折部2300相对展开或闭合的过程中,弯折部2200能够发生形变。Please refer to FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 again, the flexible screen 2000 includes a first non-bending portion 2100 , a bending portion 2200 and a second non-bending portion 2300 . The bent portion 2200 is connected between the first non-bent portion 2100 and the second non-bent portion 2300 . Both FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 simply and schematically distinguish the first non-bending portion 2100 , the bending portion 2200 and the second non-bending portion 2300 with dotted lines. The first non-bending portion 2100 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixedly connected to the first casing 200 . The second non-bending portion 2300 is fixedly connected to the second housing 300 . When the first shell 200 and the second shell 300 are relatively opened or closed, the first shell 200 can drive the first non-bending portion 2100 to move, and the second shell 300 can drive the second non-bending portion 2300 During the movement, when the first non-bending part 2100 and the second non-bending part 2300 are relatively unfolded or closed, the bending part 2200 can be deformed.
请再次参阅图1和图2,当第一壳体200与第二壳体300处于打开状态(也即电子设备1处于展平状态)时,柔性屏2000的第一非弯折部2100、弯折部2200以及第二非弯折部2300可以呈平面设置。在其他实施例中,当第一壳体200与第二壳体300处于打开状态时,第一非弯折部2100、弯折部2200以及第二非弯折部2300也可以不绝对的平面。例如柔性屏2000的一小部分出现弯曲形态。Please refer to FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 again. When the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are in the open state (that is, the electronic device 1 is in the flattened state), the first non-bending part 2100 of the flexible screen 2000, the bending The folded portion 2200 and the second non-bent portion 2300 may be arranged in a plane. In other embodiments, when the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are in an open state, the first non-bending portion 2100 , the bending portion 2200 and the second non-bending portion 2300 may not be absolutely flat. For example, a small portion of the flexible screen 2000 is curved.
请再次参阅图3,当第一壳体200与第二壳体300处于打开或者闭合的过程中(也即电子设备1处于中间状态)时,柔性屏2000的第一非弯折部2100和第二非弯折部2300可以呈夹角设置。例如,第一非弯折部2100和第二非弯折部2300之间的夹角可以为30°、90°、100°或者120°等。Please refer to FIG. 3 again. When the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 are in the process of opening or closing (that is, the electronic device 1 is in an intermediate state), the first non-bending portion 2100 and the second The two non-bending portions 2300 may be arranged at an included angle. For example, the included angle between the first non-bending portion 2100 and the second non-bending portion 2300 may be 30°, 90°, 100° or 120° and so on.
请参阅图4和图5,当第一壳体200与第二壳体300处于闭合状态(也即电子设备1处于闭合状态)时,柔性屏2000位于第一壳体200与第二壳体300之间。其中,第一非弯折部2100与第二非弯折部2300可以平行且相互合拢设置。弯折部2200可以呈弯折状。示例性地,柔性屏2000大致呈“水滴”状。4 and 5, when the first housing 200 and the second housing 300 are in the closed state (that is, the electronic device 1 is in the closed state), the flexible screen 2000 is located between the first housing 200 and the second housing 300. between. Wherein, the first non-bending portion 2100 and the second non-bending portion 2300 may be arranged in parallel and close to each other. The bent portion 2200 may be bent. Exemplarily, the flexible screen 2000 is roughly in the shape of a "drop".
请参阅图7,并结合图6所示,图7是图6所示的折叠机构100的部分分解示意图。折叠机构100包括中壳10、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30、第一连接臂40、第二连接臂50、配合件60以及阻尼件70。在本实施方式中,中壳10的长度的延伸方向、第一支撑板20的长度的延伸方向、第二支撑板30的长度的延伸方向均为Y轴方向。在其他实施方式中,中壳10的长度的延伸方向、第一支撑板20的长度的延伸方向、第二支撑板30的长度的延伸方向不做具体地限定。Please refer to FIG. 7 , combined with FIG. 6 , FIG. 7 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 6 . The folding mechanism 100 includes a middle shell 10 , a first support plate 20 , a second support plate 30 , a first connecting arm 40 , a second connecting arm 50 , a fitting part 60 and a damping part 70 . In this embodiment, the extension direction of the length of the middle case 10 , the extension direction of the length of the first support plate 20 , and the extension direction of the length of the second support plate 30 are all in the Y-axis direction. In other embodiments, the extending direction of the length of the middle case 10 , the extending direction of the length of the first supporting plate 20 , and the extending direction of the length of the second supporting plate 30 are not specifically limited.
其中,第一连接臂40、第二连接臂50和阻尼件70可以共同构成第一连接组件100a。示 例性地,第一连接组件100a可以作为折叠机构100的底部连接组件。折叠机构100还可以包括第二连接组件100b。第二连接组件100b可以作为折叠机构100的顶部连接组件。第一连接组件100a和第二连接组件100b均与中壳10、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30连接。Wherein, the first connecting arm 40 , the second connecting arm 50 and the damping member 70 may jointly constitute the first connecting assembly 100 a. Exemplarily, the first connection component 100a can serve as the bottom connection component of the folding mechanism 100. The folding mechanism 100 may also include a second connection assembly 100b. The second connection component 100b can serve as the top connection component of the folding mechanism 100 . Both the first connection assembly 100 a and the second connection assembly 100 b are connected to the middle shell 10 , the first support plate 20 , and the second support plate 30 .
示例性地,第二连接组件100b与第一连接组件100a可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,第二连接组件100b与第一连接组件100a为对称结构,第二连接组件100b的部件结构的基础设计、部件之间的连接关系设计、及部件与组件之外的其他结构的连接关系设计,均可参阅第一连接组件100a的相关方案,同时允许第二连接组件100b与第一连接组件100a在部件的细节结构或位置排布上有些许不同。Exemplarily, the second connection component 100b and the first connection component 100a may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures. In some embodiments, the second connection assembly 100b and the first connection assembly 100a have a symmetrical structure, the basic design of the component structure of the second connection assembly 100b, the design of the connection relationship between components, and the design of other structures other than components and components For the design of the connection relationship, refer to the relevant scheme of the first connection component 100a, and at the same time allow the second connection component 100b to be slightly different from the first connection component 100a in the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components.
示例性地,第二连接组件100b可以包括第一连接臂40b、第二连接臂50b和阻尼件70b。第二连接组件100b的各部件结构、各部件与中壳10、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30之间的连接关系可以对应地参考第一连接组件100a的相关描述。本申请实施例不再赘述。Exemplarily, the second connection assembly 100b may include a first connection arm 40b, a second connection arm 50b and a damper 70b. For the structure of each component of the second connection assembly 100b, and the connection relationship between each component and the middle shell 10, the first support plate 20, and the second support plate 30, reference may be made to the relevant description of the first connection assembly 100a. The embodiments of this application will not be described in detail.
在其他实施方式中,折叠机构100也可以不包括阻尼件70。此时,第一连接组件100a不包括阻尼件70。In other implementations, the folding mechanism 100 may not include the damping member 70 . At this time, the first connection assembly 100a does not include the damper 70 .
请再次参阅图7,配合件60位于第一连接组件100a与第二连接组件100b之间。配合件60可以与中壳10、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30的连接。需要说明的是,图7通过虚线框围住配合件60,以示意性地给出配合件60。配合件60的数量不仅限于图7所示意的七个。配合件60的数量不做具体地限定。另外,为了保证附图的整洁性,图7仅在一个配合件60上标号。在其他实施方式中,折叠机构100也可以不包括配合件60。Please refer to FIG. 7 again, the matching member 60 is located between the first connecting component 100a and the second connecting component 100b. The fitting 60 can be connected with the middle shell 10 , the first support plate 20 , and the second support plate 30 . It should be noted that, in FIG. 7 , the fitting part 60 is surrounded by a dotted line frame to schematically show the fitting part 60 . The number of fittings 60 is not limited to seven as illustrated in FIG. 7 . The number of fitting parts 60 is not specifically limited. In addition, in order to ensure the neatness of the drawings, only one fitting 60 is numbered in FIG. 7 . In other implementations, the folding mechanism 100 may not include the fitting 60 .
请再次参阅图7,第二支撑板30与第一支撑板20可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,第二支撑板30与第一支撑板20为对称结构,第二支撑板30的部件结构的基础设计、部件之间的连接关系设计、及部件与组件之外的其他结构的连接关系设计,均可参阅第一支撑板20的相关方案,同时允许第二支撑板30与第一支撑板20在部件的细节结构或位置排布上有些许不同。下文将以第一支撑板20为例进行描述。Please refer to FIG. 7 again, the second support plate 30 and the first support plate 20 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures. In some embodiments, the second support plate 30 and the first support plate 20 have a symmetrical structure, the basic design of the component structure of the second support plate 30, the design of the connection relationship between components, and the design of other structures other than components and assemblies For the design of the connection relationship, refer to the relevant scheme of the first support plate 20 , and at the same time, the second support plate 30 is allowed to be slightly different from the first support plate 20 in the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components. The following will take the first support plate 20 as an example for description.
请参阅图8,并结合图7所示,图8是图7所示的中壳10的部分结构示意图。中壳10包括底座11、第一端板12以及第二端板13。第一端板12以及第二端板13分别连接于底座11的两个端部。可以理解的是,中壳10可以是一个整体的结构件,也即底座11、第一端板12以及第二端板13为一体成型结构件。中壳10也可以是一个拼接的结构件。例如,通过底座11、第一端板12以及第二端板13可以通过拼接方式(例如榫卯工艺)或者固定方式(例如焊接、粘接等工艺)形成一个整体结构件。具体地本申请不做限定。Please refer to FIG. 8 , combined with FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 is a partial structural diagram of the middle shell 10 shown in FIG. 7 . The middle shell 10 includes a base 11 , a first end plate 12 and a second end plate 13 . The first end plate 12 and the second end plate 13 are respectively connected to two ends of the base 11 . It can be understood that the middle shell 10 may be an integral structural member, that is, the base 11 , the first end plate 12 and the second end plate 13 are integrally formed structural members. The middle shell 10 can also be a spliced structure. For example, the base 11 , the first end plate 12 and the second end plate 13 can be spliced (such as mortise and tenon process) or fixed (such as welding, bonding, etc.) to form an integral structural member. Specifically, this application does not make a limitation.
可以理解的是,第一端板12与部分底座11可以构成中壳10的第一端部10a。第二端板13与部分底座11可以构成中壳10的第二端部10b。部分底座11可以构成中壳10的中部10c。中壳10的第一端部10a可以用于与第一连接组件100a连接。中壳10的第二端部10b可以用于与第二连接组件100b连接。中壳10的中部可以用于与配合件60连接。It can be understood that the first end plate 12 and part of the base 11 may form the first end 10 a of the middle shell 10 . The second end plate 13 and part of the base 11 can form the second end 10 b of the middle shell 10 . Part of the base 11 may constitute the middle portion 10c of the middle case 10 . The first end 10a of the middle shell 10 can be used to connect with the first connecting component 100a. The second end 10b of the middle case 10 can be used to connect with the second connecting component 100b. The middle part of the middle shell 10 can be used for connecting with the matching part 60 .
示例性地,中壳10的第一端部10a与中壳10的第二端部10b可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,中壳10的第一端部10a与中壳10的第二端部10b为对称结构。这样,中壳10的整体结构较为简单、加工成本低。下文结合附图以中壳10的第一端部10a为例进行描述。Exemplarily, the first end portion 10a of the middle case 10 and the second end portion 10b of the middle case 10 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures. In some embodiments, the first end portion 10a of the middle case 10 and the second end portion 10b of the middle case 10 have a symmetrical structure. In this way, the overall structure of the middle shell 10 is relatively simple, and the processing cost is low. The first end portion 10a of the middle case 10 is taken as an example for description below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
请参阅图8和图9,图9是图7所示的中壳10在另一个角度下的部分结构示意图。底座11包括背向设置的顶面111和底面112,以及背向设置的第一侧面113和第二侧面114。第一侧面113和第二侧面114连接于顶面111和底面112之间。第一端板12包括第一端面121。Please refer to FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 . FIG. 9 is a partial structural diagram of the middle case 10 shown in FIG. 7 at another angle. The base 11 includes a top surface 111 and a bottom surface 112 facing away from each other, and a first side 113 and a second side 114 facing away from each other. The first side 113 and the second side 114 are connected between the top surface 111 and the bottom surface 112 . The first end plate 12 includes a first end surface 121 .
在本实施方式中,中壳10设有容纳槽115。容纳槽115的开口位于底座11的顶面111。 中壳10还设有间隔设置的第一凹槽116和第二凹槽117。第一凹槽116的开口位于底座11的顶面111和第一端板12的第一端面121。第一凹槽116连通容纳槽115。第二凹槽117的开口位于底座11的顶面111、底座11的第一侧面113和第一端板12的第一端面121。可以理解的是,本实施方式的第一凹槽116和部分容纳槽115可以构成中壳10的第一转动部101。第二凹槽117可以构成中壳10的第二转动部102。在其他实施方式中,中壳10的第一转动部101也可以采用其他的结构(例如转轴结构)。中壳10的第二转动部102也可以采用其他的结构(例如转轴结构)。具体地本申请不做限定。In this embodiment, the middle case 10 is provided with a receiving groove 115 . An opening of the receiving slot 115 is located on the top surface 111 of the base 11 . The middle shell 10 is also provided with a first groove 116 and a second groove 117 arranged at intervals. Openings of the first groove 116 are located on the top surface 111 of the base 11 and the first end surface 121 of the first end plate 12 . The first groove 116 communicates with the receiving groove 115 . Openings of the second groove 117 are located on the top surface 111 of the base 11 , the first side surface 113 of the base 11 and the first end surface 121 of the first end plate 12 . It can be understood that the first groove 116 and part of the receiving groove 115 in this embodiment may constitute the first rotating portion 101 of the middle case 10 . The second groove 117 may constitute the second rotating part 102 of the middle case 10 . In other embodiments, the first rotating part 101 of the middle housing 10 may also adopt other structures (such as a rotating shaft structure). The second rotating part 102 of the middle housing 10 may also adopt other structures (such as a rotating shaft structure). Specifically, this application does not make a limitation.
在本实施方式中,中壳10还设有间隔设置的第三凹槽118和第四凹槽119。第三凹槽118可以位于第一凹槽116和第四凹槽119之间,且彼此间隔设置。容纳槽115可以位于第三凹槽118和第四凹槽119之间,且彼此间隔设置。其中,第三凹槽118的设置方式可以参阅第一凹槽116的设置方式。第四凹槽119的设置方式可以参阅第二凹槽117的设置方式。In this embodiment, the middle case 10 is further provided with a third groove 118 and a fourth groove 119 arranged at intervals. The third groove 118 may be located between the first groove 116 and the fourth groove 119 and be spaced apart from each other. The receiving groove 115 may be located between the third groove 118 and the fourth groove 119 and be spaced apart from each other. Wherein, the arrangement manner of the third groove 118 may refer to the arrangement manner of the first groove 116 . The arrangement of the fourth groove 119 can refer to the arrangement of the second groove 117 .
可以理解的是,本实施方式的第三凹槽118和部分容纳槽115可以构成中壳10的第三转动部103。第四凹槽119构成中壳10的第四转动部104。It can be understood that the third groove 118 and part of the receiving groove 115 in this embodiment may constitute the third rotating portion 103 of the middle case 10 . The fourth groove 119 constitutes the fourth rotating portion 104 of the middle case 10 .
在本实施方式中,容纳槽115、第一凹槽116、第二凹槽117、第三凹槽118和第四凹槽119均位于中壳10的第一端部10a。在其他实施方式中,容纳槽115、第一凹槽116、第二凹槽117、第三凹槽118和第四凹槽119也可以位于中壳10的其他位置。In this embodiment, the receiving groove 115 , the first groove 116 , the second groove 117 , the third groove 118 and the fourth groove 119 are all located at the first end 10 a of the middle shell 10 . In other embodiments, the receiving groove 115 , the first groove 116 , the second groove 117 , the third groove 118 and the fourth groove 119 can also be located at other positions of the middle shell 10 .
请再次参阅图8,并结合图7所示,底座11还设有限位槽110。限位槽110的开口可以位于底座11的顶面111、第一侧面113(请参阅图9)和第二侧面114。限位槽110的数量可以与配合件60(请参阅图7)的数量相同。Please refer to FIG. 8 again, and as shown in FIG. 7 , the base 11 is further provided with a limiting groove 110 . Openings of the limiting groove 110 can be located on the top surface 111 , the first side 113 (refer to FIG. 9 ) and the second side 114 of the base 11 . The number of limiting slots 110 may be the same as the number of matching parts 60 (refer to FIG. 7 ).
请参阅图10,图10是图7所示的第一支撑板20的部分结构示意图。第一支撑板20包括板体21、第一凸起22、第二凸起23、第三凸起24以及第四凸起25。Please refer to FIG. 10 . FIG. 10 is a partial structural diagram of the first support plate 20 shown in FIG. 7 . The first supporting board 20 includes a board body 21 , a first protrusion 22 , a second protrusion 23 , a third protrusion 24 and a fourth protrusion 25 .
在本实施方式中,板体21包括背向设置的顶面211和底面212、背向设置的第一端面213和第二端面214以及背向设置的第一侧面215和第二侧面216。第一端面213和第二端面214连接于顶面211和底面212之间。第一侧面215和第二侧面216连接在顶面211和底面212之间,且连接在第一端面213和第二端面214之间。在其他实施方式中,板体21也可以采用其他形状的结构。In this embodiment, the plate body 21 includes a top surface 211 and a bottom surface 212 facing away, a first end surface 213 and a second end surface 214 facing away, and a first side 215 and a second side 216 facing away. The first end surface 213 and the second end surface 214 are connected between the top surface 211 and the bottom surface 212 . The first side surface 215 and the second side surface 216 are connected between the top surface 211 and the bottom surface 212 , and are connected between the first end surface 213 and the second end surface 214 . In other embodiments, the plate body 21 may also adopt other shapes.
在本实施方式中,第一支撑板20的第一侧面215可以为弧面。这样,第一支撑板20的第一侧面215所在的第一侧部20d大致呈转轴状。此时,第一支撑板20的第一侧部20d构成第一支撑板20的转动部201。在其他实施方式中,第一支撑板20的转动部201也可以采用其他结构(例如凹槽结构)。In this embodiment, the first side surface 215 of the first support plate 20 may be an arc surface. In this way, the first side portion 20d where the first side surface 215 of the first support plate 20 is located is substantially in the shape of a rotating shaft. At this time, the first side portion 20 d of the first support plate 20 constitutes the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 . In other embodiments, the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 may also adopt other structures (such as a groove structure).
在本实施方式中,第一凸起22和第二凸起23可以连接于板体21的第一端面213。第一凸起22和第二凸起23间隔设置。第三凸起24和第四凸起25可以连接于板体21的第二端面214。第三凸起24和第四凸起25间隔设置。可以理解的是,第一支撑板20可以是一个整体的结构件,也即板体21、第一凸起22、第二凸起23、第三凸起24以及第四凸起25为一体成型结构件。第一支撑板20也可以是一个拼接的结构件。例如,通过板体21、第一凸起22、第二凸起23、第三凸起24以及第四凸起25可以通过拼接方式(例如榫卯工艺)或者固定方式(例如焊接、粘接等工艺)形成一个整体结构件。具体地本申请不做限定。示例性地,第一凸起22、第二凸起23、第三凸起24以及第四凸起25均呈圆柱状。In this embodiment, the first protrusion 22 and the second protrusion 23 may be connected to the first end surface 213 of the plate body 21 . The first protrusions 22 and the second protrusions 23 are arranged at intervals. The third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 can be connected to the second end surface 214 of the plate body 21 . The third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 are arranged at intervals. It can be understood that the first support plate 20 may be an integral structural member, that is, the plate body 21, the first protrusion 22, the second protrusion 23, the third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 are integrally formed. Structure. The first support plate 20 can also be a spliced structure. For example, the plate body 21, the first protrusion 22, the second protrusion 23, the third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 can be spliced (such as mortise and tenon process) or fixed (such as welding, bonding, etc.) process) to form an integral structural member. Specifically, this application does not make a limitation. Exemplarily, the first protrusion 22 , the second protrusion 23 , the third protrusion 24 and the fourth protrusion 25 are all cylindrical.
可以理解的是,本实施方式的第一凸起22和第三凸起24均可以构成第一支撑板20的滑动部202。在其他实施方式中,第一支撑板20的滑动部202也可以采用其他的结构(例如滑槽结构)。It can be understood that, both the first protrusion 22 and the third protrusion 24 in this embodiment can constitute the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 . In other embodiments, the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 may also adopt other structures (such as a chute structure).
需要说明的是,第一凸起22、第二凸起23与部分板体21构成第一支撑板20的第一端部20a。第三凸起24、第四凸起25与部分板体21构成第一支撑板20的第二端部20b。部分板体21构成第一支撑板20的中部20c。第一支撑板20的第一端部20a可以用于与第一连接组件100a(请参阅图7)连接,以及与中壳10(请参阅图8)的第一端部10a(请参阅图8)连接。第一支撑板20的中部20c可以用于与配合件60(请参阅图7)连接,以及与中壳10(请参阅图8)的中部10c(请参阅图8)连接。第一支撑板20的第二端部20b可以用于与第二连接组件100b(请参阅图7)连接,以及中壳10(请参阅图8)的第二端部10b(请参阅图8)连接。It should be noted that the first protrusion 22 , the second protrusion 23 and part of the plate body 21 constitute the first end portion 20 a of the first support plate 20 . The third protrusion 24 , the fourth protrusion 25 and part of the plate body 21 constitute the second end portion 20 b of the first support plate 20 . The partial plate body 21 constitutes the middle portion 20 c of the first supporting plate 20 . The first end 20a of the first support plate 20 can be used to connect with the first connection assembly 100a (see FIG. 7 ), and connect with the first end 10a (see FIG. 8 ) of the middle shell 10 (see FIG. 8 ). )connect. The middle portion 20c of the first support plate 20 can be used to connect with the fitting 60 (see FIG. 7 ), and connect with the middle portion 10c (see FIG. 8 ) of the middle shell 10 (see FIG. 8 ). The second end 20b of the first support plate 20 can be used to connect with the second connection assembly 100b (see FIG. 7 ), and the second end 10b (see FIG. 8 ) of the middle shell 10 (see FIG. 8 ) connect.
示例性地,第一支撑板20的第一端部与第一支撑板20的第二端部可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,第一支撑板20的第一端部与第一支撑板20的第二端部为对称结构。这样,第一支撑板20的整体结构较为简单、加工成本低。Exemplarily, the first end of the first support plate 20 and the second end of the first support plate 20 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures. In some embodiments, the first end of the first support plate 20 and the second end of the first support plate 20 have a symmetrical structure. In this way, the overall structure of the first support plate 20 is relatively simple, and the processing cost is low.
请再次参阅图10,第一支撑板20设有间隔设置的第一避让空间26。第一避让空间26的开口位于第一支撑板20的顶面211、底面212和第一侧面215。第一支撑板20还具有第一连接轴27。第一连接轴27连接于板体21。第一连接轴27位于第一避让空间26内。示例性地,第一连接轴27呈圆柱状。可以理解的是,第一连接轴27可以与板体21为一体成型结构。第一连接轴27也可以通过拼接或者固定等方式连接于板体21。此外,本实施方式的第一避让空间26可以将第一支撑板20的转动部201分成多个部分。在其他实施方式中,第一支撑板20也可以不用设置第一避让空间26和第一连接轴27。Please refer to FIG. 10 again, the first support plate 20 is provided with first escape spaces 26 arranged at intervals. Openings of the first escape space 26 are located on the top surface 211 , the bottom surface 212 and the first side surface 215 of the first support plate 20 . The first support plate 20 also has a first connecting shaft 27 . The first connecting shaft 27 is connected to the board body 21 . The first connecting shaft 27 is located in the first escape space 26 . Exemplarily, the first connecting shaft 27 is cylindrical. It can be understood that the first connecting shaft 27 and the plate body 21 can be integrally formed. The first connecting shaft 27 may also be connected to the plate body 21 by means of splicing or fixing. In addition, the first avoidance space 26 in this embodiment may divide the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 into a plurality of parts. In other embodiments, the first support plate 20 may not be provided with the first escape space 26 and the first connecting shaft 27 .
请参阅图11及图12,图11是图7所示的中壳10、第一支撑板20与第二支撑板30之间的配合示意图。图12是图11所示的部分折叠机构100在A2-A2线处的剖面图。第一支撑板20的转动部201转动连接于中壳10的第二转动部102。Please refer to FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 . FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of cooperation between the middle shell 10 , the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 shown in FIG. 7 . FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 11 at line A2-A2. The rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 is rotatably connected to the second rotating portion 102 of the middle housing 10 .
在本实施方式中,第一支撑板20的转动部201设置于中壳10的第二凹槽117(图8与图9也在不同角度下示意出了第二凹槽117)内。第一支撑板20的转动部201可以在中壳10的第二凹槽117内转动。在其他实施方式中,第一支撑板20的转动部201与中壳10的第二转动部102的转动方式也可以采用其他结构。例如将本实施方式的第一支撑板20的转动部201的结构与中壳10的第二转动部102的结构对调。示例性地,第一支撑板20的转动部201可以为第二凹槽117。中壳10的第二转动部102为转轴结构。In this embodiment, the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 is disposed in the second groove 117 of the middle shell 10 (Fig. 8 and Fig. 9 also illustrate the second groove 117 at different angles). The rotating part 201 of the first support plate 20 can rotate in the second groove 117 of the middle shell 10 . In other embodiments, other structures may also be adopted for the rotation manners of the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 and the second rotating portion 102 of the middle housing 10 . For example, the structure of the rotating part 201 of the first support plate 20 and the structure of the second rotating part 102 of the middle case 10 in this embodiment are reversed. Exemplarily, the rotating portion 201 of the first support plate 20 may be the second groove 117 . The second rotating part 102 of the middle shell 10 is a rotating shaft structure.
请再次参阅图11,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22可以通过第二凹槽117在第一端板12上的开口穿过第一端板12。Please refer to FIG. 11 again, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can pass through the first end plate 12 through the opening of the second groove 117 on the first end plate 12 .
可以理解的是,第二支撑板30的转动部301转动连接于中壳10的第四转动部104。第二支撑板30与中壳10的连接方式可以参阅第一支撑板20与中壳10的连接方式。具体地这里不再赘述。It can be understood that the rotating portion 301 of the second support plate 30 is rotatably connected to the fourth rotating portion 104 of the middle shell 10 . For the connection method between the second support board 30 and the middle case 10 , please refer to the connection method between the first support board 20 and the middle case 10 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
请再次参阅图11和图12,当折叠机构100处于展平状态时,第一支撑板20的顶面211、第二支撑板30的顶面311与中壳10的顶面111朝向同一侧。第一支撑板20、中壳10与第二支撑板30可以并排设置。其中,第一支撑板20的顶面211与第二支撑板30的顶面311之间可以呈180°设置。在其他实施例中,第一支撑板20的顶面211与第二支撑板30的顶面311之间的角度也可以相对180°存在少许偏差,例如165°、177°或者185°等。Please refer to FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 again, when the folding mechanism 100 is in the unfolded state, the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 , the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 and the top surface 111 of the middle shell 10 face to the same side. The first supporting board 20 , the middle case 10 and the second supporting board 30 may be arranged side by side. Wherein, the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 and the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 may be arranged at an angle of 180°. In other embodiments, the angle between the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 and the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 may also have a slight deviation from 180°, such as 165°, 177° or 185°.
在一种实施方式中,第一支撑板20的顶面211、第二支撑板30的顶面311与中壳10的顶面111可以处于同一平面。In one embodiment, the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 , the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 and the top surface 111 of the middle case 10 may be on the same plane.
请参阅图13,图13是图12所示的部分折叠机构100处于闭合状态的部分剖面图。当折叠机构100处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板20与第二支撑板30可以相互合拢设置。第一支撑 板20的顶面211与第二支撑板30的顶面311相对设置。第一支撑板20、中壳10和第二支撑板30围出一空间。Please refer to FIG. 13 . FIG. 13 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partially folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 12 in a closed state. When the folding mechanism 100 is in the closed state, the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be arranged to be folded together. The top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 is opposite to the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30. The first supporting board 20 , the middle shell 10 and the second supporting board 30 enclose a space.
请一并参阅图11至图13,当折叠机构100自展平状态向闭合状态折叠时,第一支撑板20的转动部201可以相对中壳10的第二转动部102转动,第二支撑板30的转动部301可以相对中壳10的第四转动部104转动,第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30可以自并排设置的状态转换至相对设置的状态。当折叠机构100自闭合状态向展平状态展开时,第一支撑板20的转动部201可以相对中壳10的第二转动部102转动,第二支撑板30的转动部301可以相对中壳10的第四转动部104转动,第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30可以自相对设置的状态转换至并排设置的状态。Please refer to FIG. 11 to FIG. 13 together. When the folding mechanism 100 is folded from the flat state to the closed state, the rotating part 201 of the first supporting plate 20 can rotate relative to the second rotating part 102 of the middle shell 10, and the second supporting plate The rotating part 301 of 30 can rotate relative to the fourth rotating part 104 of the middle shell 10, and the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be converted from a side-by-side state to an opposite state. When the folding mechanism 100 unfolds from the closed state to the unfolded state, the rotating part 201 of the first supporting plate 20 can rotate relative to the second rotating part 102 of the middle shell 10, and the rotating part 301 of the second supporting plate 30 can rotate relative to the middle shell 10. The fourth rotating part 104 rotates, and the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be converted from the state of being opposite to each other to the state of being arranged side by side.
请参阅图14,图14是图11所示的部分折叠机构100在A3-A3线处的部分剖面图。配合件60包括固定部61、第一勾部62以及第二勾部63。第一勾部62与第二勾部63连接于固定部61的两端。在一种实施方式中,第一勾部62与第二勾部63均呈圆弧状。Please refer to FIG. 14 . FIG. 14 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 11 at line A3-A3. The fitting part 60 includes a fixing part 61 , a first hook part 62 and a second hook part 63 . The first hook portion 62 and the second hook portion 63 are connected to two ends of the fixing portion 61 . In one embodiment, both the first hook portion 62 and the second hook portion 63 are arc-shaped.
请参阅图14,配合件60的固定部61固定于中壳10的底座11。示例性地,配合件60的固定部61可以通过粘胶等方式固定于底座11的限位槽110(图8也在不同角度下示意出了限位槽110)内。通过在底座11设置限位槽110,从而一方面避免配合件60因堆叠于中壳10上而增大中壳10的高度,另一方面限位槽110可以槽壁可以限制配合件60移动。Please refer to FIG. 14 , the fixing portion 61 of the fitting 60 is fixed on the base 11 of the middle case 10 . Exemplarily, the fixing portion 61 of the fitting 60 can be fixed in the limiting groove 110 of the base 11 by means of glue or the like (Fig. 8 also shows the limiting groove 110 at different angles). By setting the limit groove 110 on the base 11 , on the one hand, the height of the middle shell 10 can be avoided due to the stacking of the fittings 60 on the middle shell 10 ;
在一种实施方式中,配合件60的固定部61的表面可以与中壳10的顶面111齐平。In one embodiment, the surface of the fixing portion 61 of the fitting 60 may be flush with the top surface 111 of the middle shell 10 .
另外,配合件60的第一勾部62勾设于第一支撑板20的第一连接轴27(图10也在不同角度下示意出了第一连接轴27)。配合件60的第二勾部63勾设于第二支撑板30的第一连接轴37。可以理解的是,当第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30相对中壳10转动时,配合件60的第一勾部62可以相对第一支撑板20的第一连接轴27转动,配合件60的第二勾部63可以相对第二支撑板30的连接轴37转动。In addition, the first hook portion 62 of the matching member 60 is hooked on the first connecting shaft 27 of the first support plate 20 (FIG. 10 also shows the first connecting shaft 27 at different angles). The second hook portion 63 of the matching component 60 is hooked on the first connecting shaft 37 of the second support plate 30 . It can be understood that when the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 rotate relative to the middle shell 10, the first hook portion 62 of the fitting 60 can rotate relative to the first connecting shaft 27 of the first support plate 20, and the fitting The second hook portion 63 of 60 can rotate relative to the connecting shaft 37 of the second support plate 30 .
请再次参阅图14,并结合图11所示,本实施方式利用配合件60可以用来避免当第一支撑板20与第二支撑板30相对中壳10转动时,第一支撑板20的转动部201转出中壳10的第二凹槽117,第二支撑板30的转动部301转出中壳10的第四凹槽119,进而保证第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30与中壳10的连接稳定性,保证折叠机构100具有较佳的可靠性。Please refer to FIG. 14 again, and as shown in FIG. 11 , in this embodiment, the fitting 60 can be used to prevent the rotation of the first support plate 20 when the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 rotate relative to the middle shell 10 Part 201 turns out of the second groove 117 of the middle shell 10, and the rotating part 301 of the second support plate 30 turns out of the fourth groove 119 of the middle shell 10, thereby ensuring that the first support plate 20, the second support plate 30 and the middle The connection stability of the case 10 ensures better reliability of the folding mechanism 100 .
在其他实施方式中,当折叠机构100未包括配合件60时,可以在中壳10的底座11上设置其他的限位机构或者改变底座11的局部结构,从而避免第一支撑板20的转动部201转出中壳10的第二凹槽117,第二支撑板30的转动部转出中壳10的第四凹槽119。In other embodiments, when the folding mechanism 100 does not include the fitting 60, other limiting mechanisms may be provided on the base 11 of the middle case 10 or the local structure of the base 11 may be changed, so as to avoid the rotation of the first support plate 20. 201 turns out of the second groove 117 of the middle case 10 , and the rotating part of the second support plate 30 turns out of the fourth groove 119 of the middle case 10 .
请参阅图15及图16a,图15是图7所示的第一连接臂40与第二连接臂50的放大图。图16a是图15所示的第一连接臂40与第二连接臂50在另一角度下的结构示意图。第一连接臂40包括第一连接臂主体41以及第一转轴42。第一转轴42连接第一连接臂主体41。第一转轴42可以与第一连接臂主体41为一体成型结构,也可以通过固定方式(例如,焊接、粘接等方式)彼此连接。在本实施方式中,第一转轴42与第一连接臂主体41的一部分可以构成第一连接臂40的转动部401。Please refer to FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 a . FIG. 15 is an enlarged view of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 shown in FIG. 7 . FIG. 16a is a schematic structural view of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 shown in FIG. 15 at another angle. The first connecting arm 40 includes a first connecting arm main body 41 and a first rotating shaft 42 . The first rotating shaft 42 is connected to the first connecting arm main body 41 . The first rotating shaft 42 can be integrally formed with the first connecting arm main body 41 , and can also be connected to each other by a fixed method (eg, welding, bonding, etc.). In this embodiment, the first rotating shaft 42 and a part of the first connecting arm main body 41 may constitute the rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 .
第一连接臂主体41包括背向设置的顶面411和底面412、以及背向设置的第一侧面413和第二侧面414。第一侧面413和第二侧面414连接在顶面411和底面412之间。其中,第一转轴42连接于第一连接臂主体41的第一侧面413。The first connecting arm body 41 includes a top surface 411 and a bottom surface 412 facing away from each other, and a first side 413 and a second side 414 facing away from each other. The first side 413 and the second side 414 are connected between the top surface 411 and the bottom surface 412 . Wherein, the first rotating shaft 42 is connected to the first side surface 413 of the first connecting arm body 41 .
在一种实施方式中,第一连接臂主体41包括第一滑槽415。第一滑槽415的开口位于第一侧面413。第一滑槽415包括相对设置的第一端壁4151和第二端壁4152。第一端壁4151可以靠近顶面411设置。第二端壁4152可以靠近底面412设置。应理解,第一滑槽415的形 状不仅限于图16a所示意的条形状。例如,请参阅图16b,图16b是图7所示的第一连接臂40与第二连接臂50的另一种实施方式的结构示意图。第一滑槽415的形状也可以为弧形状。In one embodiment, the first connecting arm body 41 includes a first slide slot 415 . The opening of the first slide slot 415 is located at the first side 413 . The first sliding slot 415 includes a first end wall 4151 and a second end wall 4152 oppositely disposed. The first end wall 4151 can be disposed close to the top surface 411 . The second end wall 4152 can be disposed adjacent to the bottom surface 412 . It should be understood that the shape of the first chute 415 is not limited to the bar shape shown in Fig. 16a. For example, please refer to FIG. 16 b , which is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 shown in FIG. 7 . The shape of the first chute 415 can also be an arc shape.
在本实施方式中,第一滑槽415可以构成第一连接臂40的滑动部402。在其他实施方式中,第一连接臂40的滑动部402也可以采用其他结构,例如凸起结构(可参阅图10中第一支撑板20的第一凸起22的结构)。In this embodiment, the first sliding groove 415 can constitute the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 . In other embodiments, the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 may also adopt other structures, such as a protrusion structure (refer to the structure of the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 in FIG. 10 ).
在一种实施方式中,第一连接臂主体41包括第一止位槽416。第一止位槽416的开口也位于第一侧面413。第一止位槽416可以位于第一滑槽415与第一转轴42之间,且彼此间隔设置。第一止位槽416可以呈弧形状。第一止位槽416的弧心可以与第一转轴42的位置重合。第一止位槽416包括相对设置的第一端壁4161和第二端壁4162。第一端壁4161可以靠近顶面411设置。第二端壁4162可以靠近底面412设置。In one embodiment, the first connecting arm main body 41 includes a first stop groove 416 . The opening of the first stop slot 416 is also located on the first side 413 . The first stop slot 416 can be located between the first sliding slot 415 and the first rotating shaft 42 and spaced apart from each other. The first stop slot 416 may be arc-shaped. The arc center of the first stop slot 416 may coincide with the position of the first rotating shaft 42 . The first stop groove 416 includes a first end wall 4161 and a second end wall 4162 opposite to each other. The first end wall 4161 can be disposed close to the top surface 411 . The second end wall 4162 can be disposed proximate to the bottom surface 412 .
在一种实施方式中,第一连接臂主体41的转动部401呈齿轮状。In one embodiment, the rotating part 401 of the first connecting arm main body 41 is in the shape of a gear.
在一种实施方式中,第一连接臂主体41设有紧固孔417。紧固孔417的开口位于第一连接臂主体41的顶面411。应理解,紧固孔417的数量不仅限于图15和图16a所示意的两个。In one embodiment, the first connecting arm main body 41 is provided with a fastening hole 417 . The opening of the fastening hole 417 is located on the top surface 411 of the first connecting arm body 41 . It should be understood that the number of fastening holes 417 is not limited to only two as shown in Fig. 15 and Fig. 16a.
请再次参阅图15及图16a,第二连接臂50包括第二连接臂主体51以及第二转轴52。第二转轴52连接第二连接臂主体51。第二转轴52可以与第二连接臂主体51为一体成型结构,也可以通过固定方式(例如,焊接、粘接等方式)彼此连接。在本实施方式中,第二转轴52与第二连接臂主体51的一部分可以构成第二连接臂50的转动部501。Please refer to FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 a again, the second connecting arm 50 includes a second connecting arm main body 51 and a second rotating shaft 52 . The second rotating shaft 52 is connected to the second connecting arm main body 51 . The second rotating shaft 52 can be integrally formed with the second connecting arm main body 51 , and can also be connected to each other by a fixed method (eg, welding, bonding, etc.). In this embodiment, the second rotating shaft 52 and a part of the second connecting arm main body 51 may form the rotating portion 501 of the second connecting arm 50 .
第二连接臂主体51包括背向设置的顶面511和底面512、以及背向设置的第一侧面513和第二侧面514。第一侧面513和第二侧面514连接在顶面511和底面512之间。其中,第二转轴52可以连接于第二连接臂主体51的第一侧面513。The second connecting arm main body 51 includes a top surface 511 and a bottom surface 512 facing away from each other, and a first side 513 and a second side 514 facing away from each other. The first side 513 and the second side 514 are connected between the top surface 511 and the bottom surface 512 . Wherein, the second rotating shaft 52 can be connected to the first side surface 513 of the second connecting arm main body 51 .
在一种实施方式中,第二连接臂主体51包括第二滑槽515。第二滑槽515的开口位于第一侧面513。第二滑槽515包括相对设置的第一端壁5151和第二端壁5152。第一端壁5151可以靠近顶面511设置。第二端壁5152可以靠近底面512设置。应理解,第二滑槽515的形状不仅限于图16a所示意的条形状。例如,请参阅图16b,第二滑槽515的形状也可以为弧形状。In one embodiment, the second connecting arm main body 51 includes a second slide slot 515 . The opening of the second sliding slot 515 is located on the first side 513 . The second sliding slot 515 includes a first end wall 5151 and a second end wall 5152 oppositely disposed. The first end wall 5151 can be disposed close to the top surface 511 . The second end wall 5152 can be disposed adjacent to the bottom surface 512 . It should be understood that the shape of the second slide groove 515 is not limited to the bar shape shown in FIG. 16a. For example, please refer to FIG. 16b, the shape of the second slide groove 515 can also be an arc shape.
在本实施方式中,第二滑槽515可以构成第二连接臂50的滑动部502。在其他实施方式中,第二连接臂50的滑动部502也可以采用其他结构,例如凸起结构(可参阅图10中第一支撑板20的第一凸起22的结构)。In this embodiment, the second sliding groove 515 can constitute the sliding portion 502 of the second connecting arm 50 . In other embodiments, the sliding portion 502 of the second connecting arm 50 may also adopt other structures, such as a protrusion structure (refer to the structure of the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 in FIG. 10 ).
在一种实施方式中,第二连接臂主体51包括第二止位槽516。第二止位槽516的开口也位于第一侧面513。第二止位槽516可以位于第二滑槽515与第二转轴52之间,且彼此间隔设置。第二止位槽516可以呈弧形状。第二止位槽516的弧心可以与第二转轴52的位置重合。第二止位槽516包括相对设置的第二端壁5161和第二端壁5162。第二端壁5161可以靠近顶面511设置。第二端壁5162可以靠近底面512设置。In one embodiment, the second connecting arm main body 51 includes a second stop groove 516 . The opening of the second stop groove 516 is also located on the first side 513 . The second stop slot 516 can be located between the second sliding slot 515 and the second rotating shaft 52 and spaced apart from each other. The second stop groove 516 may be arc-shaped. The arc center of the second stop groove 516 may coincide with the position of the second rotating shaft 52 . The second stop groove 516 includes a second end wall 5161 and a second end wall 5162 opposite to each other. The second end wall 5161 can be disposed close to the top surface 511 . The second end wall 5162 can be disposed proximate to the bottom surface 512 .
在一种实施方式中,第二连接臂主体51的转动部501呈齿轮状。In one embodiment, the rotating part 501 of the second connecting arm main body 51 is in the shape of a gear.
在一种实施方式中,第二连接臂主体51设有紧固孔517。紧固孔517的开口位于第二连接臂主体51的顶面511。应理解,紧固孔517的数量不仅限于图15和图16a所示意的两个。In one embodiment, the second connecting arm main body 51 is provided with a fastening hole 517 . The opening of the fastening hole 517 is located on the top surface 511 of the second connecting arm body 51 . It should be understood that the number of fastening holes 517 is not limited to only two as shown in Fig. 15 and Fig. 16a.
可以理解的是,第二连接臂50和第一连接臂40可以为相同结构、镜面对称结构、部分镜面对称结构、中心对称结构、部分中心对称结构或者不同结构,本申请对此不作严格限定。一些实施例中,第二连接臂50和第一连接臂40为对称结构。第二连接臂50的部件结构的基础设计、部件之间的连接关系设计、及部件与组件之外的其他结构的连接关系设计,均可参阅第一连接臂40的相关方案,同时允许第二连接臂50和第一连接臂40在部件的细节结构或 位置排布上有些许不同。It can be understood that the second connecting arm 50 and the first connecting arm 40 may have the same structure, a mirror symmetrical structure, a partially mirror symmetrical structure, a centrally symmetrical structure, a partially centrally symmetrical structure or different structures, which are not strictly limited in the present application. In some embodiments, the second connecting arm 50 and the first connecting arm 40 have a symmetrical structure. For the basic design of the component structure of the second connecting arm 50, the design of the connection relationship between the components, and the design of the connection relationship between the components and other structures other than the assembly, all can refer to the relevant scheme of the first connecting arm 40, while allowing the second The connecting arm 50 is slightly different from the first connecting arm 40 in detail structure or position arrangement of components.
请参阅图17及图18,图17是图6所示的折叠机构100的部分结构示意图。图18是图17所示的部分折叠机构100在A4-A4线处的部分剖面图。第一连接臂40的第一连接臂主体41位于中壳10的第一端板12远离底座11的一侧,也即第一连接臂主体41位于靠近中壳10的第一端部10a的一侧。Please refer to FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 . FIG. 17 is a partial structural diagram of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 6 . FIG. 18 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 17 at line A4-A4. The first connecting arm main body 41 of the first connecting arm 40 is located on the side of the first end plate 12 of the middle shell 10 away from the base 11 , that is, the first connecting arm main body 41 is located near the first end 10 a of the middle shell 10 . side.
第一连接臂40的转动部401转动连接于中壳10的第一转动部101。在本实施方式中,第一连接臂40的第一转轴42的一部分设置于中壳10的第一凹槽116(图8在不同角度下示意出了第一凹槽116),一部分设置于中壳10的容纳槽115(图8在不同角度下示意出了容纳槽115)。第一转轴42可以相对第一凹槽116的槽壁以及容纳槽115的槽壁转动。The rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 is rotatably connected to the first rotating portion 101 of the middle housing 10 . In this embodiment, a part of the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 is set in the first groove 116 of the middle shell 10 (Fig. 8 shows the first groove 116 at different angles), and a part is set in the middle The receiving groove 115 of the case 10 (FIG. 8 illustrates the receiving groove 115 at different angles). The first rotating shaft 42 can rotate relative to the groove wall of the first groove 116 and the groove wall of the receiving groove 115 .
在其他实施方式中,当底座11没有设置容纳槽115内时,第一连接臂40的第一转轴42可以在第一凹槽116内转动。In other embodiments, when the base 11 is not disposed in the receiving groove 115 , the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 can rotate in the first groove 116 .
在其他实施方式中,第一连接臂40的转动部401与中壳10的第一转动部101的转动方式也可以采用其他结构。例如将本实施方式的第一连接臂40的转动部401的结构与中壳10的第一转动部101的结构对调。第一连接臂40的转动部401可以为第一凹槽116。中壳10的第一转动部101可以为第一转轴42。In other embodiments, other structures may also be adopted for the rotation manner of the rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 and the first rotating portion 101 of the middle housing 10 . For example, the structure of the rotating part 401 of the first connecting arm 40 and the structure of the first rotating part 101 of the middle case 10 in this embodiment are reversed. The rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 may be the first groove 116 . The first rotating part 101 of the middle housing 10 may be the first rotating shaft 42 .
请再次参阅图17及图18,第二连接臂50的第二连接臂本体51位于中壳10的第一端板12远离中壳10的底座11的一侧,也即第二连接臂50的第二连接臂本体51位于靠近中壳10的第一端部10a的一侧。Please refer to FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 again. The second connecting arm body 51 of the second connecting arm 50 is located on the side of the first end plate 12 of the middle shell 10 away from the base 11 of the middle shell 10, that is, on the side of the second connecting arm 50. The second connecting arm body 51 is located on a side close to the first end 10 a of the middle shell 10 .
第二连接臂50的转动部501转动连接于中壳10的第三转动部103。在本实施方式中,第二连接臂50的第二转轴52的一部分设置于中壳10的第三凹槽118(图8在不同角度下示意出了第二凹槽117),一部分设置于中壳10的容纳槽115。第二转轴52可以相对第三凹槽118的槽壁以及容纳槽115的槽壁转动。The rotating portion 501 of the second connecting arm 50 is rotatably connected to the third rotating portion 103 of the middle housing 10 . In this embodiment, a part of the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 is set in the third groove 118 of the middle shell 10 (Fig. 8 shows the second groove 117 at different angles), and a part is set in the middle The receiving groove 115 of the case 10 . The second rotating shaft 52 can rotate relative to the groove wall of the third groove 118 and the groove wall of the receiving groove 115 .
在其他实施方式中,当底座11没有设置容纳槽115内时,第二连接臂50的第二转轴52可以在第三凹槽118内转动。In other embodiments, when the base 11 is not disposed in the receiving groove 115 , the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 can rotate in the third groove 118 .
请再次参阅图17和图18,阻尼件70设有间隔设置第一夹持槽71和第二夹持槽72。在一种实施方式中,阻尼件70的材质可以为不锈钢、粉末也金刚等。Please refer to FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 again, the damping member 70 is provided with a first clamping groove 71 and a second clamping groove 72 arranged at intervals. In one embodiment, the material of the damping element 70 may be stainless steel, powdered diamond, or the like.
阻尼件70固定于底座11,且阻尼件70设于容纳槽115(图8在不同角度下示意出了容纳槽115)内。示例性地,阻尼件70可以通过粘胶固定于容纳槽115的槽壁。The damping element 70 is fixed on the base 11, and the damping element 70 is disposed in the receiving groove 115 (Fig. 8 shows the receiving groove 115 from different angles). Exemplarily, the damping member 70 may be fixed to the groove wall of the receiving groove 115 by glue.
另外,第一连接臂40的第一转轴42的一部分设置于阻尼件70的第一夹持槽71内。第一连接臂40的第一转轴42可以相对第一夹持槽71的槽壁转动。示例性地,第一连接臂40的第一转轴42可以与第一夹持槽71的槽壁过盈配合,以使第一连接臂40的第一转轴42在转动过程中受到的摩擦力较大。第二连接臂50的第二转轴52的一部分设置于阻尼件70的第二夹持槽72内。第二连接臂50的第二转轴52可以与第二夹持槽72的槽壁过盈配合,以使第二连接臂50的第二转轴52在转动过程中受到的摩擦力较大。可以理解的是,当第一连接臂40的第一转轴42相对中壳10转动,第二连接臂50的第二转轴52相对中壳10转动时,第一连接臂40的第一转轴42与第二连接臂50的第二转轴52受到较大的摩擦力,第一连接臂40相对中壳10转动的速度较慢,第二连接臂50相对中壳10转动的速度较慢。In addition, a part of the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 is disposed in the first clamping groove 71 of the damper 70 . The first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 can rotate relative to the groove wall of the first clamping groove 71 . Exemplarily, the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 may be in an interference fit with the groove wall of the first clamping groove 71, so that the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 receives less frictional force during rotation. big. A part of the second shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 is disposed in the second clamping groove 72 of the damper 70 . The second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 can be interference-fitted with the groove wall of the second clamping groove 72 , so that the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 receives relatively large frictional force during rotation. It can be understood that when the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 rotates relative to the middle case 10 and the second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 rotates relative to the middle case 10, the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 and the The second rotating shaft 52 of the second connecting arm 50 is subjected to relatively large frictional force, the first connecting arm 40 rotates relatively slowly relative to the middle housing 10 , and the second connecting arm 50 rotates relatively slowly relative to the middle housing 10 .
请再次参阅图17和图18,第一连接臂40的转动部401与第二连接臂50的转动部501啮合。这样,当第一连接臂40相对中壳10转动,第二连接臂50相对中壳10转动时,第一连接臂40与第二连接臂50可以实现同步转动。Please refer to FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 again, the rotating portion 401 of the first connecting arm 40 is engaged with the rotating portion 501 of the second connecting arm 50 . In this way, when the first connecting arm 40 rotates relative to the middle case 10 and the second connecting arm 50 rotates relative to the middle case 10 , the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 can rotate synchronously.
上文结合相关附图具体介绍了第一连接臂40与中壳10的连接关系,第二连接臂50与中 壳10的连接关系,下文将结合相关附图具体介绍第一连接臂40与第一支撑板20的连接关系,第二连接臂50与第二支撑板30的连接关系。The connection relationship between the first connecting arm 40 and the middle shell 10 and the connection relationship between the second connecting arm 50 and the middle shell 10 have been specifically introduced above in conjunction with the relevant drawings. A connection relationship between the support plate 20 and a connection relationship between the second connecting arm 50 and the second support plate 30 .
请参阅图19,并结合图17所示,图19是图17所示的部分折叠机构100在A5-A5线处的部分剖面图。第一连接臂40的滑动部402滑动连接于第一支撑板20的滑动部202。Please refer to FIG. 19 , combined with FIG. 17 , FIG. 19 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 17 at the line A5-A5. The sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 is slidably connected to the sliding portion 202 of the first supporting board 20 .
在一种实施方式中,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22(图10在不同角度下示意出了第一凸起22)设置于第一连接臂40的第一滑槽415(图16a在不同角度下示意出了第一滑槽415)。第一支撑板20的第一凸起22可以在第一滑槽415内滑动。In one embodiment, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 (Fig. 10 shows the first protrusion 22 at different angles) is arranged in the first sliding groove 415 of the first connecting arm 40 (Fig. 16a The first runner 415 is illustrated at different angles). The first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can slide in the first slide groove 415 .
在其他实施方式中,第一连接臂40的滑动部402与第一支撑板20的滑动部202的滑动方式也可以采用其他结构。例如将本实施方式的第一连接臂40的滑动部402的结构与第一支撑板20的滑动部202的结构对调。示例性地,第一连接臂40的滑动部402可以为第一凸起22。第一支撑板20的滑动部202可以为第一滑槽415。In other embodiments, the sliding manner of the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 and the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 may also adopt other structures. For example, the structure of the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 and the structure of the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 in this embodiment are reversed. Exemplarily, the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 may be the first protrusion 22 . The sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 may be a first sliding slot 415 .
请再次参阅图19,第二连接臂50的滑动部502滑动连接于第二支撑板30的滑动部302。其中,第二连接臂50的滑动部502与第二支撑板30的滑动部302的连接方式可以参阅第一连接臂40的滑动部402与第一支撑板20的滑动部202的连接方式。具体地这里不再赘述。Please refer to FIG. 19 again, the sliding portion 502 of the second connecting arm 50 is slidably connected to the sliding portion 302 of the second support plate 30 . Wherein, the connection manner between the sliding portion 502 of the second connecting arm 50 and the sliding portion 302 of the second support plate 30 can refer to the connection manner between the sliding portion 402 of the first connecting arm 40 and the sliding portion 202 of the first support plate 20 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
请再次参阅图19,当折叠机构100处于展平状态时,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22靠近第一滑槽415的第一端壁4151设置。在第一种实施方式中,第一凸起22可以与第一滑槽415的第一端壁4151接触。Please refer to FIG. 19 again, when the folding mechanism 100 is in the flattened state, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 is disposed close to the first end wall 4151 of the first slide groove 415 . In the first implementation manner, the first protrusion 22 can contact the first end wall 4151 of the first slide groove 415 .
请参阅图20,图20是图19所示的部分折叠机构100处于中间状态下的结构示意图。当折叠机构100处于中间状态时,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22位于第一连接臂40的第一滑槽415的第一端壁4151和第二端壁4152之间。Please refer to FIG. 20 . FIG. 20 is a structural schematic diagram of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 19 in an intermediate state. When the folding mechanism 100 is in the middle state, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 is located between the first end wall 4151 and the second end wall 4152 of the first sliding groove 415 of the first connecting arm 40 .
请参阅图21,图21是图19所示的部分折叠机构100处于闭合状态下的结构示意图。当折叠机构100处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22靠近第一连接臂40的第一滑槽415的第二端壁4152设置。在第一种实施方式中,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22可以与第一连接臂40的第一滑槽415的第二端壁4152接触。Please refer to FIG. 21 . FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 19 in a closed state. When the folding mechanism 100 is in the closed state, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 is disposed close to the second end wall 4152 of the first sliding slot 415 of the first connecting arm 40 . In the first embodiment, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can contact the second end wall 4152 of the first sliding slot 415 of the first connecting arm 40 .
请一并参阅图19至图21,当折叠机构100自展平状态向闭合状态转换时,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22自靠近第一连接臂40的第一滑槽415的第一端壁4151的位置,滑动至靠近第一连接臂40的第一滑槽415的第二端壁4152的位置。应理解,折叠机构100自闭合状态向展平状态转换的过程,与折叠机构100自展平状态向闭合状态转换的过程相反。这里不再赘述。另外,第二支撑板30与第二连接臂50的运动过程可以参阅第一支撑板20与第一连接臂40的运动过程。具体地这里不再赘述。Please refer to FIGS. 19 to 21 together. When the folding mechanism 100 transitions from the flattened state to the closed state, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 slides from the first chute 415 close to the first connecting arm 40 . The position of one end wall 4151 is slid to a position close to the second end wall 4152 of the first sliding groove 415 of the first connecting arm 40 . It should be understood that the transition process of the folding mechanism 100 from the closed state to the unfolded state is opposite to the transition process of the folding mechanism 100 from the unfolded state to the closed state. I won't go into details here. In addition, the movement process of the second support plate 30 and the second connecting arm 50 can refer to the movement process of the first support plate 20 and the first connecting arm 40 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
请一并参阅图19至图21,由于第一支撑板20转动连接中壳10、第一连接臂40转动连接中壳10以及第一连接臂40滑动连接第一支撑板20,中壳10、第一支撑板20以及第一连接臂40可以构成四连杆结构。另外,由于第二支撑板30转动连接中壳10、第二连接臂50转动连接中壳10以及第二连接臂50滑动连接第二支撑板30,中壳10、第二支撑板30以及第二连接臂50也可以构成四连杆结构。这样,当折叠机构100自展平状态向闭合状态折叠时,第一连接臂40和第二连接臂50均相对中壳10转动,第一连接臂40可以带动第一支撑板20相对中壳10转动,第二连接臂50可以带动第二支撑板30相对中壳10转动,第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30可以自两者并排设置的状态折叠至两者相对设置的状态。Please refer to FIG. 19 to FIG. 21 together. Since the first support plate 20 is rotatably connected to the middle case 10 , the first connecting arm 40 is rotatably connected to the middle case 10 , and the first connecting arm 40 is slidably connected to the first support plate 20 , the middle case 10 , The first support plate 20 and the first connecting arm 40 may form a four-bar linkage structure. In addition, since the second supporting plate 30 is rotatably connected to the middle case 10, the second connecting arm 50 is rotatably connected to the middle case 10, and the second connecting arm 50 is slidably connected to the second supporting plate 30, the middle case 10, the second supporting plate 30 and the second The connecting arm 50 can also form a four-link structure. In this way, when the folding mechanism 100 is folded from the flattened state to the closed state, both the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 rotate relative to the middle shell 10, and the first connecting arm 40 can drive the first support plate 20 to move relative to the middle shell 10 By turning, the second connecting arm 50 can drive the second support plate 30 to rotate relative to the middle shell 10 , and the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be folded from a state where they are arranged side by side to a state where they are arranged opposite to each other.
请再次参阅图19,第一支撑板20的第二凸起23(图10在不同角度下示意出了第二凸起23)还设置于第一连接臂40的第一止位槽416(图16a在不同角度下示意出了第一止位槽416)内。第一支撑板20的第二凸起23可以在第一连接臂40的第一止位槽416内滑动。第二支撑 板30的第二凸起33还设置于第二连接臂50的第二止位槽516(图16a在不同角度下示意出了第二止位槽516)内。第二支撑板30的第二凸起33可以在第二连接臂50的第二止位槽516内滑动。Please refer to Fig. 19 again, the second protrusion 23 of the first support plate 20 (Fig. 10 shows the second protrusion 23 under different angles) is also arranged in the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 (Fig. 16a shows the inside of the first stop groove 416) at different angles. The second protrusion 23 of the first support plate 20 can slide in the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 . The second protrusion 33 of the second support plate 30 is also disposed in the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 (Fig. 16a shows the second stop groove 516 at different angles). The second protrusion 33 of the second support plate 30 can slide in the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 .
请再次参阅图19,当折叠机构100展开至展平状态时,第一支撑板20的第二凸起23可以与第一连接臂40的第一止位槽416的第一端壁4161接触,第二支撑板30的第二凸起33可以与第二连接臂50的第二止位槽516的第一端壁5161接触。这样,第一连接臂40的第一止位槽416的第一端壁4161可以限制第一支撑板20继续展开,第二连接臂50的第二止位槽516的第一端壁5161可以限制第二支撑板30继续展开,从而避免第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30发生过折的问题,也即准确控制第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30在展平状态下的位置。Please refer to FIG. 19 again, when the folding mechanism 100 is unfolded to the flat state, the second protrusion 23 of the first support plate 20 can contact the first end wall 4161 of the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40, The second protrusion 33 of the second support plate 30 can contact the first end wall 5161 of the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 . In this way, the first end wall 4161 of the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 can restrict the first support plate 20 from continuing to expand, and the first end wall 5161 of the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 can restrict The second support plate 30 continues to unfold, thereby avoiding the problem of overfolding of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 , that is, accurately controlling the positions of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 in the flattened state.
请再次参阅图21,当折叠机构100折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板20的第二凸起23可以与第一连接臂40的第一止位槽416的第二端壁4162接触,第二支撑板30的第二凸起33可以与第二连接臂50的第二止位槽516的第二端壁5162接触。这样,第一连接臂40的第一止位槽416的第二端壁4162可以限制第一支撑板20继续折叠,第二连接臂50的第二止位槽516的第二端壁5162可以限制第二支撑板30继续折叠,从而避免第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30发生过折的问题,也即准确控制第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30在闭合状态下的位置。Please refer to FIG. 21 again. When the folding mechanism 100 is folded to the closed state, the second protrusion 23 of the first support plate 20 can contact the second end wall 4162 of the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 . The second protrusion 33 of the second support plate 30 can contact the second end wall 5162 of the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 . In this way, the second end wall 4162 of the first stop groove 416 of the first connecting arm 40 can restrict the first support plate 20 from continuing to fold, and the second end wall 5162 of the second stop groove 516 of the second connecting arm 50 can restrict The second support plate 30 continues to fold, so as to avoid the problem of overfolding of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 , that is, accurately control the positions of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 in the closed state.
请参阅图22及图23,图22是图6所示的第一壳体200在另一个角度下的结构示意图。图23是图22所示的第一壳体200在B1处的放大示意图。第一壳体200包括边框210以及中板220。中板220连接于边框210的内表面,边框210围绕中板220的一部分设置。示例性地,边框210大致呈“U”型。在本实施方式中,第一壳体200为一体结构件,也即第一壳体200可以通过注塑或者其他工艺一体成型。在其他实施方式中,第一壳体200的边框210和中板220也可以通过焊接或者粘接等工艺形成。需要说明的是,图23通过虚线示意性地区分边框210和中板220。Please refer to FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 . FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the first casing 200 shown in FIG. 6 at another angle. FIG. 23 is an enlarged schematic view at B1 of the first housing 200 shown in FIG. 22 . The first housing 200 includes a frame 210 and a middle plate 220 . The middle board 220 is connected to the inner surface of the frame 210 , and the frame 210 is disposed around a part of the middle board 220 . Exemplarily, the frame 210 is roughly "U" shaped. In this embodiment, the first housing 200 is an integral structural member, that is, the first housing 200 can be integrally formed by injection molding or other processes. In other implementation manners, the frame 210 and the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 may also be formed by processes such as welding or bonding. It should be noted that, in FIG. 23 , the frame 210 and the middle plate 220 are schematically distinguished by dotted lines.
在一种实施方式中,第一壳体200的材质可以采用不锈钢、镁铝合金、铝合金等。In an implementation manner, the material of the first housing 200 may be stainless steel, magnesium-aluminum alloy, aluminum alloy or the like.
在一种实施方式中,中板220包括第一部分2201与第二部分2202。第二部分2202连接于第一部分2201的一侧。在Z轴方向上,第一部分2201的高度大于第二部分2202的高度。此时,中板220大致呈阶梯状。In one embodiment, the middle plate 220 includes a first portion 2201 and a second portion 2202 . The second part 2202 is connected to one side of the first part 2201 . In the Z-axis direction, the height of the first portion 2201 is greater than the height of the second portion 2202 . At this time, the middle plate 220 is roughly in a stepped shape.
在一种实施方式中,边框210包括框部2101以及连接部2102。连接部2102连接框部2101与中板220。示例性地,在Z轴方向上,框部2101的高度可以小于连接部2102的高度。In one embodiment, the frame 210 includes a frame portion 2101 and a connection portion 2102 . The connecting portion 2102 connects the frame portion 2101 and the middle plate 220 . For example, in the Z-axis direction, the height of the frame part 2101 may be smaller than the height of the connection part 2102 .
在一种实施方式中,连接部2102包括第一端部2103和第二端部2104。连接部2102的第一端部2103和第二端部2104分别位于中板220的两侧。示例性地,连接部2102的第一端部2103与连接部2102的第二端部2104可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,连接部2102的第一端部2103与连接部2102的第二端部2104为对称结构。本实施方式以连接部2102的第一端部2103为例进行描述。In one embodiment, the connecting portion 2102 includes a first end portion 2103 and a second end portion 2104 . The first end 2103 and the second end 2104 of the connecting portion 2102 are respectively located on two sides of the middle plate 220 . Exemplarily, the first end portion 2103 of the connecting portion 2102 and the second end portion 2104 of the connecting portion 2102 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures. In some embodiments, the first end 2103 of the connecting part 2102 and the second end 2104 of the connecting part 2102 are symmetrical structures. This embodiment is described by taking the first end portion 2103 of the connecting portion 2102 as an example.
请再次参阅图22及图23,连接部2102的第一端部2103设有避让空间2105。另外,连接部2102的第一端部2103还设有紧固孔2106。紧固孔2106连通避让空间2105。应理解,紧固孔2106的数量不仅限于图22和图23所示意的两个。Please refer to FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 again, the first end portion 2103 of the connecting portion 2102 is provided with an escape space 2105 . In addition, the first end portion 2103 of the connecting portion 2102 is further provided with a fastening hole 2106 . The fastening hole 2106 communicates with the escape space 2105 . It should be understood that the number of fastening holes 2106 is not limited to two as shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 .
示例性地,第二壳体300(请参阅图6)与第一壳体200可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,第二壳体300与第一壳体200为对称结构,第二壳体300的部件结构的基础设计、部件之间的连接关系设计、及部件与组件之外的其他结构的连接关系设计,均可参阅第一壳体200的相关方案,同时允许第二壳体300与第一壳体200在部件的细节结构或位置排布上有些许不同。Exemplarily, the second housing 300 (see FIG. 6 ) and the first housing 200 may have the same or similar structure, a symmetrical or partially symmetrical structure, or a different structure. In some embodiments, the second housing 300 and the first housing 200 have a symmetrical structure, the basic design of the component structure of the second housing 300, the design of the connection relationship between components, and the design of other structures other than components and assemblies For the design of the connection relationship, refer to the relevant scheme of the first housing 200 , and at the same time, the second housing 300 and the first housing 200 are allowed to be slightly different in the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components.
请参阅图24及图25,图24是图2所示的折叠装置1000的部分结构示意图。图25是图24所示的折叠装置1000在B2处的放大示意图。第一连接臂40固定于第一壳体200。第二连接臂50固定于第二壳体300。这样,折叠机构100连接第一壳体200和第二壳体300。Please refer to FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 . FIG. 24 is a partial structural diagram of the folding device 1000 shown in FIG. 2 . FIG. 25 is an enlarged schematic view at B2 of the folding device 1000 shown in FIG. 24 . The first connecting arm 40 is fixed on the first housing 200 . The second connecting arm 50 is fixed on the second housing 300 . In this way, the folding mechanism 100 connects the first case 200 and the second case 300 .
在本实施方式中,第一连接臂40的第一连接臂主体41固定于第一壳体200的边框210的连接部2102。此时,在X-Y平面上,第一连接臂主体41与第一壳体200的中板220错开设置。此外,第一连接臂40的第一转轴42可以与中板220的第二部分2202相对设置。此外,第一支撑板20也可以与中板220相对设置。在其他实施方式中,第一连接臂40、第二支撑板20的位置不做具体地限定。In this embodiment, the first connecting arm main body 41 of the first connecting arm 40 is fixed to the connecting portion 2102 of the frame 210 of the first casing 200 . At this time, on the X-Y plane, the first connecting arm main body 41 and the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 are arranged in a staggered manner. In addition, the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 may be disposed opposite to the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 . In addition, the first support plate 20 may also be disposed opposite to the middle plate 220 . In other embodiments, the positions of the first connecting arm 40 and the second support plate 20 are not specifically limited.
另外,折叠装置1000还可以包括端盖(图未示)。端盖可以固定于第一壳体200的边框210的连接部2102。端盖可以盖住第一连接臂40,以避免第一连接臂40相对第一壳体200露出。可以理解的是,通过设置在Z轴方向上,框部2101的高度可以小于连接部2102的高度,从而当端盖固定于连接部2102时,在Z轴方向上,端盖的高度不容易超过框部2101的高度,从而保证边框210具有较佳的外观。在其他实施方式中,折叠装置1000也可以没有包括端盖。此时,折叠装置1000可以通过其他方案来盖住第一连接臂主体41。In addition, the folding device 1000 may further include an end cover (not shown). The end cover can be fixed to the connecting portion 2102 of the frame 210 of the first housing 200 . The end cover can cover the first connecting arm 40 to prevent the first connecting arm 40 from being exposed relative to the first housing 200 . It can be understood that, by being arranged in the Z-axis direction, the height of the frame part 2101 can be smaller than the height of the connection part 2102, so that when the end cover is fixed on the connection part 2102, the height of the end cover is not easy to exceed in the Z-axis direction. The height of the frame portion 2101 ensures that the frame 210 has a better appearance. In other embodiments, the folding device 1000 may not include an end cover. At this time, the folding device 1000 may cover the first connecting arm main body 41 through other schemes.
应理解,第二壳体300的边框310的连接部3102也可以固定连接端盖。端盖用于盖住第二连接臂50,以避免第二连接臂50相对第二壳体300露出。It should be understood that the connecting portion 3102 of the frame 310 of the second housing 300 may also be fixedly connected to the end cover. The end cover is used to cover the second connecting arm 50 to prevent the second connecting arm 50 from being exposed relative to the second housing 300 .
请参阅图26,并结合图25所示,图26是图25所示的折叠装置1000在A6-A6线处的部分剖面图。第一连接臂40的第一连接臂主体41位于边框210的连接部2102的避让空间2105内(图23通过不同角度示意了避让空间2105)。在一种实施方式中,避让空间2105的形状与第一连接臂40的形状可以大致相同,从而当第一连接臂40固定于连接部2102时,第一连接臂40与连接部2102所形成的整体性较佳。Please refer to FIG. 26 , combined with FIG. 25 , FIG. 26 is a partial cross-sectional view of the folding device 1000 shown in FIG. 25 at line A6-A6. The first connecting arm main body 41 of the first connecting arm 40 is located in the escape space 2105 of the connecting portion 2102 of the frame 210 (Fig. 23 shows the escape space 2105 from different angles). In one embodiment, the shape of the avoidance space 2105 and the shape of the first connecting arm 40 may be approximately the same, so that when the first connecting arm 40 is fixed to the connecting portion 2102, the first connecting arm 40 and the connecting portion 2102 form a Overall better.
另外,第一连接臂主体41的多个紧固孔417与连接部2102的多个紧固孔2106一一对应地相对设置。示例性地,通过将紧固件(图未示)锁紧于第一连接臂主体41的紧固孔417与连接部2102的紧固孔2106内。紧固件可以为螺钉、螺丝或者铆钉等。应理解,第二连接臂50与第二壳体300的连接关系可以参阅第一连接臂40与第一壳体200的连接关系,这里不再赘述。In addition, the plurality of fastening holes 417 of the first connecting arm main body 41 and the plurality of fastening holes 2106 of the connecting portion 2102 are provided in a one-to-one correspondence. Exemplarily, by locking a fastener (not shown) in the fastening hole 417 of the first connecting arm main body 41 and the fastening hole 2106 of the connecting portion 2102 . Fasteners can be screws, screws or rivets. It should be understood that the connection relationship between the second connecting arm 50 and the second housing 300 may refer to the connection relationship between the first connecting arm 40 and the first housing 200 , which will not be repeated here.
请参阅图27,并结合图25所示,图27是图25所示的部分折叠装置1000与柔性屏2000的装配示意图。柔性屏2000的第一非弯折部2100固定于第一壳体200的中板220(以参阅图25为主)。柔性屏2000的第二非弯折部2300固定于第二壳体300的中板320(以参阅图25为主)。Please refer to FIG. 27 , combined with FIG. 25 , FIG. 27 is an assembly diagram of the partially folding device 1000 and the flexible screen 2000 shown in FIG. 25 . The first non-bending portion 2100 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixed on the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200 (see FIG. 25 mainly). The second non-bending portion 2300 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixed on the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 (mainly refer to FIG. 25 ).
在本实施方式中,在X-Y平面上,柔性屏2000与第一壳体200的边框210、第二壳体300的边框310错开设置,也即在X-Y平面上,第一壳体200的边框210、第二壳体300的边框310均与柔性屏2000没有重叠设置。可以理解的是,由于第一连接臂主体41固定连接第一壳体200的边框210,第二连接臂主体51固定连接第二壳体300的边框310,使得在X-Y平面上,第一连接臂主体41、第二连接臂主体51也均与柔性屏2000错开设置。这样,当第一连接臂40与第二连接臂50在转动过程中,第一连接臂40与第二连接臂50对柔性屏2000的影响较小。In this embodiment, on the X-Y plane, the flexible screen 2000 and the frame 210 of the first housing 200 and the frame 310 of the second housing 300 are arranged staggered, that is, on the X-Y plane, the frame 210 of the first housing 200 , the frame 310 of the second casing 300 is not overlapped with the flexible screen 2000 . It can be understood that since the first connecting arm main body 41 is fixedly connected to the frame 210 of the first housing 200, and the second connecting arm main body 51 is fixedly connected to the frame 310 of the second housing 300, so that on the X-Y plane, the first connecting arm The main body 41 and the second connecting arm main body 51 are also staggered from the flexible screen 2000 . In this way, when the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 are rotating, the influence of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 on the flexible screen 2000 is relatively small.
请参阅图28,图28是图27所示的电子设备1在A7-A7线处的部分剖面图。柔性屏2000的第一非弯折部2100固定于第一壳体200的中板220的第一部分2201。柔性屏2000的第二非弯折部2300固定于第二壳体300的中板320的第一部分3201。第一支撑板20与第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202间隔且相对设置。第二支撑板30与第二壳体300的中板320 的第二部分3202间隔且相对设置。在其他实施方式中,当中板220采用其他结构时,柔性屏2000的第一非弯折部2100也可以固定于中板220的其他位置。Please refer to FIG. 28 . FIG. 28 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 27 at the line A7-A7. The first non-bending portion 2100 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixed to the first portion 2201 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200 . The second non-bending portion 2300 of the flexible screen 2000 is fixed to the first portion 3201 of the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 . The first support plate 20 is spaced from and opposite to the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200 . The second support plate 30 is spaced from and opposite to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 . In other embodiments, when the middle board 220 adopts other structures, the first non-bending portion 2100 of the flexible screen 2000 may also be fixed at other positions of the middle board 220 .
请再次参阅图28,当电子设备1处于展平状态时,第一支撑板20、中壳10和第二支撑板30共同支撑柔性屏2000的弯折部2200,从而当弯折部2200被触摸时,弯折部2200不容易因外力触摸而发生损坏或者出现凹坑等问题,进而提高柔性屏2000的可靠性。此时,第一支撑板20与第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202间隔设置,且第一支撑板20远离第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202。第二支撑板30与第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202间隔设置,且第二支撑板30远离第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202。Please refer to FIG. 28 again. When the electronic device 1 is in the flattened state, the first support plate 20, the middle case 10 and the second support plate 30 jointly support the bending part 2200 of the flexible screen 2000, so that when the bending part 2200 is touched , the bending portion 2200 is less likely to be damaged or have pits due to external force touch, thereby improving the reliability of the flexible screen 2000 . At this time, the first support plate 20 is spaced apart from the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 , and the first support plate 20 is far away from the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 . The second support plate 30 is spaced apart from the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 , and the second support plate 30 is away from the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 .
示例性地,当电子设备1处于展平状态时,第一支撑板20的顶面211、中壳10的顶面111以及第二支撑板30的顶面311齐平。此时,柔性屏2000的弯折部2200的平整度较佳,用户的使用体验性较高。Exemplarily, when the electronic device 1 is in a flattened state, the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 , the top surface 111 of the middle case 10 and the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 are flush. At this time, the flatness of the bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 is better, and the user experience is higher.
请参阅图29,图29是图28所示的电子设备1处于闭合状态下的部分剖面图。当电子设备1处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板20与第二支撑板30位于第一壳体200与第二壳体300之间,柔性屏2000的弯折部2200位于第一支撑板20、中壳10与第二支撑板30所围出的空间内。柔性屏2000的弯折部2200大致形成“水滴”状。此外,第一支撑板20靠近第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202设置,第二支撑板30靠近第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202设置。Please refer to FIG. 29 , which is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 28 in a closed state. When the electronic device 1 is in the closed state, the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 are located between the first housing 200 and the second housing 300, and the bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 is located between the first support plate 20, In the space enclosed by the middle shell 10 and the second support plate 30 . The bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 is roughly in the shape of a "drop". In addition, the first support plate 20 is disposed close to the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 , and the second support plate 30 is disposed close to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 .
在一种实施方式中,当电子设备1处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板20可以与第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202接触设置,第二支撑板30与第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202接触设置。In one embodiment, when the electronic device 1 is in a closed state, the first support plate 20 can be arranged in contact with the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200, and the second support plate 30 can be arranged in contact with the second portion of the second casing 200. The second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of 300 is disposed in contact.
请一并参阅图28和图29,当电子设备1自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换时,第一支撑板20靠近第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202,第二支撑板30靠近第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202。当电子设备1自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换时,第一支撑板20远离第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202,第二支撑板30远离第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202。可以理解的是,通过设置第一壳体200的中板220呈阶梯状,以及第二壳体300的中板320呈阶梯状,从而当电子设备1自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换,或者自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换时,第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30具有活动空间。Please refer to FIG. 28 and FIG. 29 together. When the electronic device 1 transitions from the flat state to the closed state, the first support plate 20 is close to the second part 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200, and the second support The plate 30 is close to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 . When the electronic device 1 transitions from the closed state to the unfolded state, the first support plate 20 is away from the second part 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 , and the second support plate 30 is away from the center of the second housing 300 . The second portion 3202 of the plate 320 . It can be understood that, by setting the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 in a stepped shape and the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 in a stepped shape, when the electronic device 1 transitions from the flattened state to the closed state, Or when switching from the closed state to the flattened state, the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 have a movable space.
请参阅图28和图29,并结合图18所示,本实施方式通过在折叠机构100内设有阻尼件70,从而当电子设备1自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换,或者自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换时,第一连接臂40相对中壳10转动,第二连接臂50相对中壳10转动时,第一连接臂40的第一转轴42与第二连接臂50的第二转轴52受到较大的摩擦力,第一连接臂40相对中壳10转动的速度较慢,第二连接臂50相对中壳10转动的速度较慢。这样,第一壳体200相对中壳10转动的速度较慢,第二壳体300相对中壳10转动的速度较慢。柔性屏2000就不容易因第一壳体200和第二壳体300转速太快而导致柔性屏2000局部发生碰撞损坏。故而,本实施方式的柔性屏2000的可靠性较高,柔性屏2000具有较长的使用寿命。Please refer to FIG. 28 and FIG. 29 , and as shown in FIG. 18 , in this embodiment, a damping member 70 is provided in the folding mechanism 100, so that when the electronic device 1 switches from the flattened state to the closed state, or the self-closed state When switching between the flattened states, the first connecting arm 40 rotates relative to the middle shell 10, and when the second connecting arm 50 rotates relative to the middle shell 10, the first rotating shaft 42 of the first connecting arm 40 and the second rotating shaft of the second connecting arm 50 The second rotating shaft 52 is subjected to relatively large frictional force, the first connecting arm 40 rotates relatively slowly relative to the middle housing 10 , and the second connecting arm 50 rotates relatively slowly relative to the middle housing 10 . In this way, the first casing 200 rotates at a slower speed relative to the middle casing 10 , and the second casing 300 rotates at a slower speed relative to the middle casing 10 . The flexible screen 2000 is less likely to be locally damaged due to collisions between the first casing 200 and the second casing 300 due to the fast rotation speed of the flexible screen 2000 . Therefore, the flexible screen 2000 of this embodiment has high reliability, and the flexible screen 2000 has a long service life.
可以理解的是,本申请通过将中壳10、第一支撑板20以及第一连接臂40设置成四连杆结构,以及将中壳10、第二支撑板30以及第二连接臂50也设置成四连杆结构,从而利用第一连接臂40、第二连接臂50第一支撑板20以及第二支撑板30的运动形式来实现折叠装置1000的展平或者折叠,进而实现电子设备1自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换,或者自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换。本申请的折叠装置1000的结构简单,部件较少,一方面可以较大程度地降低成本投入,另一方面运动方式较为简单,更加容易量产。It can be understood that, in the present application, the middle shell 10, the first support plate 20 and the first connecting arm 40 are arranged in a four-link structure, and the middle shell 10, the second support plate 30 and the second connecting arm 50 are also arranged into a four-link structure, so that the movement form of the first connecting arm 40, the second connecting arm 50, the first supporting plate 20, and the second supporting plate 30 can be used to realize the flattening or folding of the folding device 1000, and then realize the self-folding of the electronic device 1. Transition from the flattened state to the closed state, or from the closed state to the flattened state. The folding device 1000 of the present application has a simple structure and fewer components. On the one hand, the cost input can be greatly reduced. On the other hand, the movement method is relatively simple, and it is easier to mass produce.
上文结合相关附图具体介绍了一种折叠机构100,下文将结合相关附图再介绍一种折叠机构100。A folding mechanism 100 has been specifically introduced above in conjunction with related drawings, and a further folding mechanism 100 will be introduced below in conjunction with related drawings.
第二种实施方式:请参阅图30,图30是本申请实施例的另一种实施方式的折叠机构100的分解示意图。折叠机构100包括中壳10、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30、第三支撑板80、第四支撑板90、第一连接臂40、第二连接臂50、配合件60以及阻尼件70。相较于第一种实施方式的折叠机构100,本实施方式的折叠机构100还包括第三支撑板80和第四支撑板90。本实施方式的中壳10、配合件60以及阻尼件70的设置方式均可以参阅第一种实施方式的中壳10、配合件60以及阻尼件70的设置方式。具体地这里不再赘述。Second embodiment: please refer to FIG. 30 , which is an exploded schematic diagram of a folding mechanism 100 according to another embodiment of the embodiment of the present application. The folding mechanism 100 includes a middle shell 10, a first support plate 20, a second support plate 30, a third support plate 80, a fourth support plate 90, a first connecting arm 40, a second connecting arm 50, a matching part 60 and a damping part 70. Compared with the folding mechanism 100 of the first embodiment, the folding mechanism 100 of this embodiment further includes a third support plate 80 and a fourth support plate 90 . For the arrangement of the middle case 10 , the matching member 60 and the damping member 70 in this embodiment, reference may be made to the arrangement of the middle case 10 , the fitting 60 and the damping member 70 in the first embodiment. Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,第一连接臂40、第二连接臂50和阻尼件70可以共同构成折叠机构100的第一连接组件100a。示例性地,第一连接组件100a可以作为折叠机构100的底部连接组件。折叠机构100还可以包括第二连接组件100b。第二连接组件100b可以作为折叠机构100的顶部连接组件。第二连接组件100b可以包括第一连接臂40b、第二连接臂50b和阻尼件70b。It can be understood that the first connecting arm 40 , the second connecting arm 50 and the damping member 70 can jointly constitute the first connecting assembly 100 a of the folding mechanism 100 . Exemplarily, the first connecting component 100 a can serve as a bottom connecting component of the folding mechanism 100 . The folding mechanism 100 may also include a second connection assembly 100b. The second connection component 100b can serve as the top connection component of the folding mechanism 100 . The second connection assembly 100b may include a first connection arm 40b, a second connection arm 50b and a damper 70b.
可以理解的是,当本实施方式的折叠机构100包括第三支撑板80以及第四支撑板90时,本实施方式的第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30、第一连接臂40以及第二连接臂50的结构也做了一些不同的设置。在本实施方式中,与第一种实施方式的第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30、第一连接臂40以及第二连接臂50的设置方式相同的技术内容中,下文将不再赘述。It can be understood that when the folding mechanism 100 of this embodiment includes the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 , the first support plate 20 , the second support plate 30 , the first connecting arm 40 and the second support plate of this embodiment The structure of the two connecting arms 50 has also made some different settings. In this embodiment, the same technical content as the arrangement of the first support plate 20, the second support plate 30, the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 in the first embodiment will not be repeated below. .
请参阅图31,图31是图30所示的第一支撑板20的部分结构示意图。第一支撑板20的板体21还设有间隔设置的第二避让空间28。第二避让空间28的开口位于第一支撑板20的顶面211、底面212和第二侧面216。第二避让空间28与第一避让空间26间隔设置。第一支撑板20还具有第二连接轴29。第二连接轴29连接于板体21。第二连接轴29位于第二避让空间28内。示例性地,第二连接轴29呈圆柱状。可以理解的是,第二连接轴29可以与板体21为一体成型结构。第二连接轴29也可以通过拼接或者固定等方式连接于板体21。Please refer to FIG. 31 . FIG. 31 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the first support plate 20 shown in FIG. 30 . The plate body 21 of the first support plate 20 is further provided with second avoidance spaces 28 arranged at intervals. Openings of the second escape space 28 are located on the top surface 211 , the bottom surface 212 and the second side surface 216 of the first support plate 20 . The second escape space 28 is spaced apart from the first escape space 26 . The first support plate 20 also has a second connecting shaft 29 . The second connecting shaft 29 is connected to the board body 21 . The second connecting shaft 29 is located in the second escape space 28 . Exemplarily, the second connecting shaft 29 is cylindrical. It can be understood that the second connecting shaft 29 and the plate body 21 can be integrally formed. The second connecting shaft 29 may also be connected to the plate body 21 by means of splicing or fixing.
可以理解的是,第二支撑板30的部件结构的基础设计可参阅第一支撑板20的相关方案,同时允许第二支撑板30与第一支撑板20在部件的细节结构或位置排布上有些许不同。It can be understood that the basic design of the component structure of the second support plate 30 can refer to the related solutions of the first support plate 20, and at the same time, it is allowed that the second support plate 30 and the first support plate 20 can be adjusted in terms of the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components. A little bit different.
请参阅图32,图32是图30所示的第一连接臂40和第二连接臂50的放大图。第一连接臂40的第一连接臂主体41还设有第一固定槽418。第一固定槽418的开口位于第一连接臂主体41的第一侧面413。第一固定槽418可以位于第一滑槽415远离第一止位槽416的一侧。另外,第二连接臂50的第二连接臂主体51还设有第二固定槽518。第二固定槽518的开口位于第二连接臂主体51的第一侧面513。第二固定槽518可以位于第二滑槽515远离第二止位槽516的一侧。Please refer to FIG. 32 , which is an enlarged view of the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 shown in FIG. 30 . The first connecting arm main body 41 of the first connecting arm 40 also defines a first fixing slot 418 . An opening of the first fixing slot 418 is located on the first side 413 of the first connecting arm body 41 . The first fixing slot 418 may be located on a side of the first slide slot 415 away from the first stop slot 416 . In addition, the second connecting arm main body 51 of the second connecting arm 50 is further provided with a second fixing slot 518 . An opening of the second fixing slot 518 is located on the first side 513 of the second connecting arm body 51 . The second fixing slot 518 may be located on a side of the second slide slot 515 away from the second stop slot 516 .
请参阅图33,图33是图30所示的第三支撑板80的部分结构示意图。第三支撑板80包括主体部81、滑动部82、第一连接部83以及第二连接部84。在本实施方式中,滑动部82的数量为八个(具体可参阅图30)。在其他实施方式中,滑动部82的数量不做具体的限定。Please refer to FIG. 33 . FIG. 33 is a partial structural diagram of the third support plate 80 shown in FIG. 30 . The third supporting plate 80 includes a main body portion 81 , a sliding portion 82 , a first connecting portion 83 and a second connecting portion 84 . In this embodiment, the number of sliding parts 82 is eight (see FIG. 30 for details). In other embodiments, the number of sliding parts 82 is not specifically limited.
在本实施方式中,主体部81包括背向设置的顶面811和底面812、背向设置的第一端面813和第二端面814以及背向设置的第一侧面815和第二侧面816。第一端面813和第二端面814连接于顶面811和底面812之间。第一侧面815和第二侧面816连接在顶面811和底面812之间,且连接在第一端面813和第二端面814之间。在其他实施方式中,主体部81也可以采用其他形状的结构。In this embodiment, the main body 81 includes a top surface 811 and a bottom surface 812 facing away, a first end surface 813 and a second end surface 814 facing away, and a first side 815 and a second side 816 facing away. The first end surface 813 and the second end surface 814 are connected between the top surface 811 and the bottom surface 812 . The first side surface 815 and the second side surface 816 are connected between the top surface 811 and the bottom surface 812 , and are connected between the first end surface 813 and the second end surface 814 . In other embodiments, the main body portion 81 may also adopt other shapes.
在本实施方式中,滑动部82可以连接于主体部81的第一侧面815。第一连接部83可以连接于主体部81的第一端面813。第二连接部84可以连接于主体部81的第二端面814。可以理解的是,第三支撑板80可以是一个整体的结构件,也即主体部81、第一连接部83、第 二连接部84以及滑动部82为一体成型结构件。第三支撑板80也可以是一个拼接的结构件。例如,通过主体部81、滑动部82、第一连接部83以及第二连接部84可以通过拼接方式(例如榫卯工艺)或者固定方式(例如焊接、粘接等工艺)形成一个整体结构件。具体地本申请不做限定。In this embodiment, the sliding part 82 can be connected to the first side 815 of the main body 81 . The first connection portion 83 can be connected to the first end surface 813 of the main body portion 81 . The second connecting portion 84 can be connected to the second end surface 814 of the main body portion 81 . It can be understood that the third support plate 80 can be an integral structural member, that is, the main body portion 81, the first connecting portion 83, the second connecting portion 84 and the sliding portion 82 are integrally formed structural members. The third support plate 80 may also be a spliced structural member. For example, the body part 81 , the sliding part 82 , the first connecting part 83 and the second connecting part 84 can be spliced (such as mortise and tenon process) or fixed (such as welding, bonding and other processes) to form an integral structural member. Specifically, this application does not make a limitation.
示例性地,第一连接部83和第二连接部84均可以呈圆柱状。Exemplarily, both the first connecting portion 83 and the second connecting portion 84 may be cylindrical.
在本实施方式中,每个滑动部82均包括滑孔821。滑孔821包括相对设置的第一端壁8211和第二端壁8212。第一端壁8211可以靠近第一侧面815设置。第二端壁8212可以远离第一侧面815设置。示例性地,滑孔821可以呈条形状。In this embodiment, each sliding portion 82 includes a sliding hole 821 . The sliding hole 821 includes a first end wall 8211 and a second end wall 8212 opposite to each other. The first end wall 8211 can be disposed close to the first side 815 . The second end wall 8212 may be disposed away from the first side 815 . Exemplarily, the sliding hole 821 may be in the shape of a bar.
需要说明的是,第一连接部83、其中一个滑动部82与部分主体部81构成第三支撑板80的第一端部80a。第二连接部84、其中一个滑动部82与部分主体部81构成第三支撑板80的第二端部80b。部分主体部81和剩下六个的滑动部82构成第三支撑板80的中部80c。第三支撑板80的第一端部80a可以用于与第一连接组件100a(请参阅图30)连接,以及与第一支撑板20(请参阅图30)的第一端部20a(请参阅图30)连接。第三支撑板80的中部80c可以用于与第一支撑板20的中部20c(请参阅图30)连接。第三支撑板80的第二端部80b可以用于与第二连接组件100b(请参阅图30)连接,以及与第一支撑板20(请参阅图30)的第二端部20b(请参阅图30)连接。It should be noted that the first connecting portion 83 , one of the sliding portions 82 and part of the main body portion 81 constitute the first end portion 80 a of the third support plate 80 . The second connecting portion 84 , one of the sliding portions 82 and part of the main body portion 81 form a second end portion 80 b of the third support plate 80 . Part of the main body portion 81 and the remaining six sliding portions 82 constitute a middle portion 80 c of the third support plate 80 . The first end 80a of the third support plate 80 can be used to connect with the first connection assembly 100a (see FIG. 30 ), and the first end 20a (see Figure 30) Connections. The middle portion 80c of the third support plate 80 can be used to connect with the middle portion 20c of the first support plate 20 (see FIG. 30 ). The second end 80b of the third support plate 80 can be used to connect with the second connection assembly 100b (see FIG. 30 ), and connect with the second end 20b (see Figure 30) Connections.
示例性地,第三支撑板80的第一端部80a与第三支撑板80的第二端部80b可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,第三支撑板80的第一端部80a与第三支撑板80的第二端部80b为对称结构。这样,第三支撑板80的整体结构较为简单、加工成本低。Exemplarily, the first end portion 80a of the third support plate 80 and the second end portion 80b of the third support plate 80 may have the same or similar structures, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structures, or different structures. In some embodiments, the first end portion 80a of the third support plate 80 and the second end portion 80b of the third support plate 80 have a symmetrical structure. In this way, the overall structure of the third support plate 80 is relatively simple, and the processing cost is low.
可以理解的是,第四支撑板90与第三支撑板80可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,第四支撑板90与第三支撑板80为对称结构,第四支撑板90的部件结构的基础设计、部件之间的连接关系设计、及部件与组件之外的其他结构的连接关系设计,均可参阅第三支撑板80的相关方案,同时允许第四支撑板90与第三支撑板80在部件的细节结构或位置排布上有些许不同。It can be understood that the fourth support plate 90 and the third support plate 80 may have the same or similar structure, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structure, or different structures. In some embodiments, the fourth support plate 90 and the third support plate 80 have a symmetrical structure, the basic design of the component structure of the fourth support plate 90, the design of the connection relationship between components, and the design of other structures other than components and assemblies For the design of the connection relationship, refer to the relevant scheme of the third support plate 80 , and at the same time, the fourth support plate 90 and the third support plate 80 are allowed to be slightly different in the detailed structure or position arrangement of the components.
请参阅图34,图34是图30所示的折叠机构100的部分组装示意图。第一支撑板20与第二支撑板30均转动连接于中壳10。其中,第一支撑板20与中壳10的连接方式可以参阅第一种实施方式的第一支撑板20与中壳10的连接方式(请参阅图11至图14)。第二支撑板30与中壳10的连接方式可以参阅第一种实施方式的第二支撑板30与中壳10的连接方式(请参阅图11至图14)。具体地这里不再赘述。Please refer to FIG. 34 , which is a partial assembly diagram of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 30 . Both the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 are rotatably connected to the middle shell 10 . Wherein, the connection method between the first support plate 20 and the middle case 10 can refer to the connection method between the first support plate 20 and the middle case 10 in the first embodiment (refer to FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 ). The connection method between the second support plate 30 and the middle case 10 can refer to the connection method between the second support plate 30 and the middle case 10 in the first embodiment (refer to FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 ). Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
另外,第三支撑板80的主体部81位于第一支撑板20远离中壳10的一侧。第四支撑板90的主体部91位于第二支撑板30远离中壳10的一侧。In addition, the main body portion 81 of the third support plate 80 is located on a side of the first support plate 20 away from the middle shell 10 . The main body portion 91 of the fourth support plate 90 is located on a side of the second support plate 30 away from the middle shell 10 .
请再次参阅图34,并结合图31与图33所示,第三支撑板80的滑动部82滑动连接于第一支撑板20。第一支撑板20的第一凸起22穿过第三支撑板80的滑动部82的一个滑孔821。第一支撑板20的第一凸起22可以在第三支撑板80的滑动部82的滑孔821内滑动。Please refer to FIG. 34 again, and as shown in FIG. 31 and FIG. 33 , the sliding portion 82 of the third support plate 80 is slidably connected to the first support plate 20 . The first protrusion 22 of the first supporting board 20 passes through a sliding hole 821 of the sliding portion 82 of the third supporting board 80 . The first protrusion 22 of the first supporting plate 20 can slide in the sliding hole 821 of the sliding portion 82 of the third supporting plate 80 .
请参阅图35,并结合图34,图35是图34所示的部分折叠机构100在A8-A8线处的部分剖面图。第三支撑板80的滑动部82位于第一支撑板20的第二避让空间28(图31示意了不同角度下的第二避让空间28)内。第一支撑板20的第二连接轴29穿过第三支撑板80的滑动部82的滑孔821。第一支撑板20的第二连接轴29可以在第三支撑板80的滑动部82的滑孔821内滑动。Please refer to FIG. 35 , combined with FIG. 34 , FIG. 35 is a partial cross-sectional view of the partial folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 34 at line A8-A8. The sliding portion 82 of the third support plate 80 is located in the second avoidance space 28 of the first support plate 20 ( FIG. 31 shows the second avoidance space 28 at different angles). The second connecting shaft 29 of the first supporting board 20 passes through the sliding hole 821 of the sliding portion 82 of the third supporting board 80 . The second connecting shaft 29 of the first supporting plate 20 can slide in the sliding hole 821 of the sliding portion 82 of the third supporting plate 80 .
可以理解的是,第二支撑板30与第四支撑板90的连接关系可以参阅第一支撑板20与第 三支撑板80的连接关系。具体地这里不再赘述。It can be understood that, the connection relationship between the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can refer to the connection relationship between the first support plate 20 and the third support plate 80 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
请再次参阅图34和图35,当折叠机构100处于展平状态时,第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、中壳10、第二支撑板30与第四支撑板90并排设置,第三支撑板80的顶面811、第一支撑板20的顶面211、中壳10的顶面111、第二支撑板30的顶面311与第四支撑板90的顶面911均朝向同一侧。在一种实施方式中,第三支撑板80的顶面811、第一支撑板20的顶面211、中壳10的顶面111、第二支撑板30的顶面311与第四支撑板90的顶面911可以处于同一平面。Please refer to FIG. 34 and FIG. 35 again. When the folding mechanism 100 is in the flattened state, the third support plate 80, the first support plate 20, the middle shell 10, the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 are arranged side by side. The top surface 811 of the third support plate 80, the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20, the top surface 111 of the middle shell 10, the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 and the top surface 911 of the fourth support plate 90 all face the same side . In one embodiment, the top surface 811 of the third support plate 80 , the top surface 211 of the first support plate 20 , the top surface 111 of the middle shell 10 , the top surface 311 of the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 The top surface 911 of can be in the same plane.
示例性地,当折叠机构100处于展平状态时,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22可以与第三支撑板80的滑孔821的第一端壁8211接触设置。第一支撑板20的第二连接轴29可以与第三支撑板80的滑孔821的第一端壁8211接触设置。第二支撑板30与第四支撑板90的位置关系可以参阅第一支撑板20与第三支撑板80的位置关系。具体地这里不再赘述。For example, when the folding mechanism 100 is in the unfolded state, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can be arranged in contact with the first end wall 8211 of the sliding hole 821 of the third support plate 80 . The second connecting shaft 29 of the first support plate 20 can be arranged in contact with the first end wall 8211 of the sliding hole 821 of the third support plate 80 . The positional relationship between the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can refer to the positional relationship between the first support plate 20 and the third support plate 80 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
请参阅图36,图36是图35所示的部分折叠机构100处于闭合状态的部分剖面图。当折叠机构100处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板20与第二支撑板30可以相互合拢设置。第一支撑板20与第二支撑板30可以相对设置。第三支撑板80与第四支撑板90可以相互合拢设置。第三支撑板80与第四支撑板90可以相对设置。第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、中壳10、第二支撑板30和第四支撑板90围出一空间。Please refer to FIG. 36 , which is a partial cross-sectional view of the partially folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 35 in a closed state. When the folding mechanism 100 is in the closed state, the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can be arranged to be folded together. The first supporting board 20 and the second supporting board 30 may be disposed opposite to each other. The third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 can be arranged to be closed to each other. The third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 may be disposed opposite to each other. A space is enclosed by the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the middle shell 10 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 .
请一并参阅图35和图36,当折叠机构100处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板20的第一凸起22可以与第三支撑板80的滑孔821的第二端壁8212接触设置。第一支撑板20的第二连接轴29(以图35为主)可以与第三支撑板80的滑孔821(以图35为主)的第二端壁8212(以图35为主)接触设置。第二支撑板30与第四支撑板90的位置关系可以参阅第一支撑板20与第三支撑板80的位置关系。具体地这里不再赘述。Please refer to FIG. 35 and FIG. 36 together. When the folding mechanism 100 is in the closed state, the first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can be arranged in contact with the second end wall 8212 of the sliding hole 821 of the third support plate 80 . The second connecting shaft 29 (mainly in FIG. 35 ) of the first support plate 20 can be in contact with the second end wall 8212 (mainly in FIG. 35 ) of the sliding hole 821 (mainly in FIG. 35 ) of the third support plate 80 set up. The positional relationship between the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can refer to the positional relationship between the first support plate 20 and the third support plate 80 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
请一并参阅图34至图36,当折叠机构100自展平状态向闭合状态折叠时,第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30均可以相对中壳10转动,第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、中壳10、第二支撑板30与第四支撑板90可以自并排设置的状态,转换至第三支撑板80与第四支撑板90相对设置、第一支撑板20与第二支撑板30相对设置的状态。另外,第一支撑板20的第二连接轴29可以自与第三支撑板80的滑孔821的第一端壁8211接触的位置,运动至与第三支撑板80的滑孔821的第二端壁8212接触的位置。第一支撑板20的第一凸起22可以自与第三支撑板80的滑孔821的第一端壁8211接触的位置,运动至与第三支撑板80的滑孔821的第二端壁8212接触的位置。Please refer to FIG. 34 to FIG. 36 together. When the folding mechanism 100 is folded from the flat state to the closed state, both the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 can rotate relative to the middle shell 10, and the third support plate 80, the second support plate A support plate 20, the middle shell 10, the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can be switched from the state of being arranged side by side to the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 being oppositely arranged, and the first support plate 20 and the fourth support plate The state where the two support plates 30 are arranged opposite to each other. In addition, the second connecting shaft 29 of the first support plate 20 can move from a position in contact with the first end wall 8211 of the slide hole 821 of the third support plate 80 to the second end wall 8211 of the slide hole 821 of the third support plate 80 . The location where the end wall 8212 contacts. The first protrusion 22 of the first support plate 20 can move from the position in contact with the first end wall 8211 of the slide hole 821 of the third support plate 80 to the second end wall of the slide hole 821 of the third support plate 80 8212 contact position.
请参阅图37,图37是图30所示的折叠机构100的部分组装示意图。第三支撑板80的第一连接部83转动连接第一连接臂40。示例性地,第三支撑板80的第一连接部83插入第一连接臂40的第一固定槽418内。第三支撑板80的第一连接部83可以相对第一连接臂40的第一固定槽418的槽壁转动。另外,第四支撑板90与第二连接臂50的连接方式可以参阅第三支撑板80与第一连接臂40的连接方式。具体地这里不再赘述。Please refer to FIG. 37 , which is a partial assembly diagram of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 30 . The first connecting portion 83 of the third support plate 80 is rotatably connected to the first connecting arm 40 . Exemplarily, the first connecting portion 83 of the third support plate 80 is inserted into the first fixing slot 418 of the first connecting arm 40 . The first connecting portion 83 of the third support plate 80 can rotate relative to the groove wall of the first fixing groove 418 of the first connecting arm 40 . In addition, the connection manner between the fourth support plate 90 and the second connecting arm 50 can refer to the connection manner between the third support plate 80 and the first connecting arm 40 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
这样,当折叠机构100自展平状态向闭合状态折叠时,第一连接臂40和第二连接臂50相对中壳10转动,第一连接臂40不仅可以带动第一支撑板20相对中壳10转动,还可以带动第三支撑板80相对中壳10转动,第二连接臂50不仅可以带动第二支撑板30相对中壳10转动,还可以带动第四支撑板90相对中壳10转动。其中,第一支撑板20和第二支撑板30相对中壳10的转动情况,上文已经结合图36至图38进行描述。In this way, when the folding mechanism 100 is folded from the flattened state to the closed state, the first connecting arm 40 and the second connecting arm 50 rotate relative to the middle shell 10 , and the first connecting arm 40 can not only drive the first support plate 20 to move relative to the middle shell 10 The rotation can also drive the third support plate 80 to rotate relative to the middle shell 10 , and the second connecting arm 50 can not only drive the second support plate 30 to rotate relative to the middle shell 10 , but also drive the fourth support plate 90 to rotate relative to the middle shell 10 . Wherein, the rotation of the first support plate 20 and the second support plate 30 relative to the middle shell 10 has been described above in conjunction with FIG. 36 to FIG. 38 .
请参阅图38,图38是图30所示的折叠机构100应用于电子设备1时且处于展平状态的部分剖面图。当电子设备1处于展平状态时,第三支撑板80远离第一壳体200的中板220的 第二部分2202,第四支撑板90远离第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202。第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、中壳10、第二支撑板30与第四支撑板90可以共同用于支撑柔性屏2000的弯折部2200。可以理解的是,相较于图28所示的电子设备1,本实施方式通过增加设置第三支撑板80和第四支撑板90,从而在电子设备1处于展平状态时,提高第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30与弯折部2200的接触面积。这样,第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30和第四支撑板90可以多位置的支撑弯折部2200,以使弯折部2200更加的平坦。此时,当用户在触摸弯折部2200时,第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30和第四支撑板90共同支撑弯折部2200,从而避免弯折部2200发生塌陷。Please refer to FIG. 38 , which is a partial cross-sectional view of the folding mechanism 100 shown in FIG. 30 when it is applied to the electronic device 1 and is in a flattened state. When the electronic device 1 is in the flattened state, the third support plate 80 is away from the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200 , and the fourth support plate 90 is far away from the second portion of the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 3202. The third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the middle case 10 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can be jointly used to support the bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 . It can be understood that, compared with the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 28 , in this embodiment, the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 are added to improve the first support when the electronic device 1 is in a flattened state. The contact area of the plate 20 , the second supporting plate 30 and the bending portion 2200 . In this way, the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can support the bent portion 2200 at multiple positions, so as to make the bent portion 2200 more flat. At this time, when the user touches the bending portion 2200, the third supporting plate 80, the first supporting plate 20, the second supporting plate 30 and the fourth supporting plate 90 support the bending portion 2200 together, thereby preventing the bending portion 2200 from occurring. collapse.
请参阅图39,图39是图38所示的电子设备1处于闭合状态的部分剖面图。当电子设备1处于闭合状态时,第三支撑板80靠近第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202,第四支撑板90靠近第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202。柔性屏2000的弯折部2200位于第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、中壳10、第二支撑板30和第四支撑板90所围出的空间内。此外,第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30和第四支撑板90可以用于共同支撑弯折部2200,以使弯折部2200大致呈“水滴”型。可以理解的是,相较于图29所示的电子设备1,本实施方式通过增加设置第三支撑板80和第四支撑板90,从而在电子设备1处于闭合状态时,提高第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30与弯折部2200的接触面积。这样,第三支撑板80、第一支撑板20、第二支撑板30和第四支撑板90可以多位置支撑弯折部2200,以使弯折部2200大致呈“水滴”型。在整机转动过程中,也会促使柔性屏有更多的接触面积,也有利于中间状态的支撑。Please refer to FIG. 39 , which is a partial cross-sectional view of the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 38 in a closed state. When the electronic device 1 is in the closed state, the third support plate 80 is close to the second portion 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200 , and the fourth support plate 90 is close to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second casing 300 . The bending portion 2200 of the flexible screen 2000 is located in the space enclosed by the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the middle case 10 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 . In addition, the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can be used to jointly support the bending part 2200 so that the bending part 2200 is roughly in the shape of a "drop". It can be understood that, compared with the electronic device 1 shown in FIG. 29 , in this embodiment, the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 are added to increase the height of the first support plate when the electronic device 1 is in a closed state. 20. The contact area between the second support plate 30 and the bending portion 2200 . In this way, the third support plate 80 , the first support plate 20 , the second support plate 30 and the fourth support plate 90 can support the bending part 2200 at multiple positions, so that the bending part 2200 is roughly in the shape of a "drop". During the rotation of the whole machine, it will also promote the flexible screen to have more contact area, which is also conducive to the support of the intermediate state.
请一并参阅图38和图39,当电子设备1自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换时,第三支撑板80靠近第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202,第四支撑板90靠近第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202。当电子设备1自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换时,第三支撑板80远离第一壳体200的中板220的第二部分2202,第四支撑板90远离第二壳体300的中板320的第二部分3202。可以理解的是,通过设置第一壳体200的中板220呈阶梯状,以及第二壳体300的中板320呈阶梯状,从而当电子设备1自展平状态向闭合状态之间转换,或者自闭合状态向展平状态之间转换时,第三支撑板80和第四支撑板90具有活动空间。Please refer to FIG. 38 and FIG. 39 together. When the electronic device 1 transitions from the flat state to the closed state, the third support plate 80 is close to the second part 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first casing 200, and the fourth support plate 80 The plate 90 is close to the second portion 3202 of the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 . When the electronic device 1 transitions from the closed state to the unfolded state, the third support plate 80 is away from the second part 2202 of the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 , and the fourth support plate 90 is away from the center of the second housing 300 . The second portion 3202 of the plate 320 . It can be understood that, by setting the middle plate 220 of the first housing 200 in a stepped shape and the middle plate 320 of the second housing 300 in a stepped shape, when the electronic device 1 transitions from the flattened state to the closed state, Or when switching from the closed state to the flattened state, the third support plate 80 and the fourth support plate 90 have a movable space.
在其他实施方式中,折叠机构100也可以包括第三支撑板80或者第四支撑板90中的一者。In other embodiments, the folding mechanism 100 may also include one of the third support plate 80 or the fourth support plate 90 .
在其他实施方式中,折叠结构100还可以包括第五支撑板、第六支撑板、……第P支撑板。P为大于4的整数。其中,第(2S+1)支撑板的设置方式可以参阅第三支撑板80的设置方式。第2S支撑板的设置方式可以参阅第四支撑板90的设置方式。具体地这里不再赘述。In other implementation manners, the folding structure 100 may further include a fifth support plate, a sixth support plate, . . . a Pth support plate. P is an integer greater than 4. Wherein, the arrangement manner of the (2S+1)th support plate may refer to the arrangement manner of the third support plate 80 . For the setting method of the 2S supporting plate, please refer to the setting method of the fourth supporting plate 90 . Specifically, it will not be repeated here.
以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only the specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the application, and should cover Within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (17)

  1. 一种折叠机构(100),其特征在于,包括中壳(10)、第一支撑板(20)以及第一连接臂(40),所述中壳(10)包括间隔设置的第一转动部(101)以及第二转动部(102),所述第一支撑板(20)包括转动部(201)和滑动部(202),所述第一支撑板(20)的转动部(201)转动连接所述中壳(10)的第二转动部(102),所述第一支撑板(20)的滑动部(202)位于所述第二转动部(102)的远离所述第一转动部(101)的一侧;A folding mechanism (100), characterized in that it comprises a middle case (10), a first support plate (20) and a first connecting arm (40), and the middle case (10) includes first rotating parts arranged at intervals (101) and a second rotating part (102), the first supporting plate (20) includes a rotating part (201) and a sliding part (202), and the rotating part (201) of the first supporting plate (20) rotates The second rotating part (102) of the middle shell (10) is connected, and the sliding part (202) of the first support plate (20) is located on the second rotating part (102) away from the first rotating part one side of (101);
    所述第一连接臂(40)包括转动部(401)以及滑动部(402),所述第一连接臂(40)的转动部(401)转动连接所述中壳(10)的第一转动部(101),所述第一连接臂(40)的滑动部(402)滑动连接所述第一支撑板(20)的滑动部(202)。The first connecting arm (40) includes a rotating part (401) and a sliding part (402), and the rotating part (401) of the first connecting arm (40) is connected to the first rotating part of the middle shell (10). part (101), the sliding part (402) of the first connecting arm (40) is slidably connected to the sliding part (202) of the first support plate (20).
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述第一连接臂(40)包括第一连接臂本体(41),所述第一连接臂(40)的转动部(401)与所述第一连接臂(40)的滑动部(402)均设于所述第一连接臂本体(41),所述第一连接臂本体(41)位于所述中壳(10)的第一端部(10a)和所述第一支撑板(20)的第一端部(20a)的同一侧。The folding mechanism (100) according to claim 1, characterized in that, the first connecting arm (40) comprises a first connecting arm body (41), and the rotating part (401 of the first connecting arm (40) ) and the sliding part (402) of the first connecting arm (40) are both arranged on the first connecting arm body (41), and the first connecting arm body (41) is located at the middle shell (10) The first end portion (10a) is on the same side as the first end portion (20a) of the first support plate (20).
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述中壳(10)的第一转动部(101)包括第一凹槽(116),所述中壳(10)具有顶面(111)和第一端面(121),所述中壳(10)的第一端面(121)连接所述中壳(10)的顶面(111),所述第一凹槽(116)的开口位于所述中壳(10)的顶面(111)和所述中壳(10)的第一端面(121);The folding mechanism (100) according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, the first rotating part (101) of the middle case (10) includes a first groove (116), and the middle case (10) It has a top surface (111) and a first end surface (121), the first end surface (121) of the middle shell (10) is connected to the top surface (111) of the middle shell (10), and the first groove ( 116) the opening is located on the top surface (111) of the middle shell (10) and the first end surface (121) of the middle shell (10);
    所述第一连接臂(40)的转动部(401)包括第一转轴(42),所述第一连接臂(40)的第一转轴(42)的一部分设于所述第一凹槽(116)内,所述第一连接臂(40)的第一转轴(42)在所述第一凹槽(116)内转动。The rotating part (401) of the first connecting arm (40) includes a first rotating shaft (42), and a part of the first rotating shaft (42) of the first connecting arm (40) is arranged in the first groove ( 116), the first rotating shaft (42) of the first connecting arm (40) rotates in the first groove (116).
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述中壳(10)设有容纳槽(115),所述容纳槽(115)的开口位于所述中壳(10)的顶面(111),所述容纳槽(115)连通所述第一凹槽(116);The folding mechanism (100) according to claim 3, characterized in that, the middle case (10) is provided with a receiving groove (115), and the opening of the receiving groove (115) is located in the middle case (10) On the top surface (111), the receiving groove (115) communicates with the first groove (116);
    所述折叠机构(100)包括阻尼件(70),所述阻尼件(70)固定于所述容纳槽(115)内,所述阻尼件(70)包裹所述第一连接臂(40)的第一转轴(42)的一部分,所述阻尼件(70)用于增大所述第一连接臂(40)的第一转轴(42)在转动过程中受到的摩擦力。The folding mechanism (100) includes a damping element (70), the damping element (70) is fixed in the receiving groove (115), and the damping element (70) wraps the first connecting arm (40) A part of the first rotating shaft (42), the damping member (70) is used to increase the frictional force received by the first rotating shaft (42) of the first connecting arm (40) during rotation.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述中壳(10)的第二转动部(102)包括第二凹槽(117),所述中壳(10)具有第一侧面(113),所述中壳(10)的第一侧面(113)连接所述中壳(10)的顶面(111)和所述中壳(10)的第一端面(121),所述第二凹槽(117)的开口位于所述中壳(10)的顶面(111)、所述中壳(10)的第一端面(121)和所述中壳(10)的第一侧面(113);The folding mechanism (100) according to claim 3, characterized in that, the second rotating part (102) of the middle case (10) includes a second groove (117), and the middle case (10) has a first a side (113), the first side (113) of the middle shell (10) connects the top surface (111) of the middle shell (10) and the first end surface (121) of the middle shell (10), The opening of the second groove (117) is located on the top surface (111) of the middle shell (10), the first end surface (121) of the middle shell (10) and the second end surface (121) of the middle shell (10). one side (113);
    所述第一支撑板(20)的转动部(201)为转轴结构,所述第一支撑板(20)的转动部(201)的至少部分设置于所述第二凹槽(117)内,且在所述第二凹槽(117)内转动。The rotating part (201) of the first supporting plate (20) is a rotating shaft structure, at least part of the rotating part (201) of the first supporting plate (20) is arranged in the second groove (117), And rotate in the second groove (117).
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述第一连接臂(40)的滑动部(402)包括第一滑槽(415),所述第一支撑板(20)的滑动部(202)为第一凸起(22),所述第一凸起(22)在所述第一滑槽(415)内滑动。The folding mechanism (100) according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that, the sliding part (402) of the first connecting arm (40) includes a first sliding slot (415), and the first The sliding part (202) of a support plate (20) is a first protrusion (22), and the first protrusion (22) slides in the first slide groove (415).
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述第一滑槽(415)呈条形状,所述第一滑槽(415)包括相对设置的第一端壁(4151)和第二端壁(4152),所述第一滑槽(415)的第二端壁(4152)相对所述第一滑槽(415)的第一端壁(4151)靠近所述第一连接臂(40)的转动部(401)。The folding mechanism (100) according to claim 6, characterized in that, the first chute (415) is in the shape of a bar, and the first chute (415) includes opposite first end walls (4151) and the second end wall (4152), the second end wall (4152) of the first chute (415) is relatively close to the first connection with the first end wall (4151) of the first chute (415) The rotating part (401) of the arm (40).
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述第一连接臂(40)设有第一止位槽(416),所述第一止位槽(416)具有相对设置的第一端壁(4161)和第二端壁(4162),所述第一支撑板(20)包括第二凸起(23),所述第二凸起(23)设置于所述第一止位槽(416)内,且在所述第一止位槽(416)内滑动;The folding mechanism (100) according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that, the first connecting arm (40) is provided with a first stop groove (416), and the first stop groove (416) has a first end wall (4161) and a second end wall (4162) arranged oppositely, the first support plate (20) includes a second protrusion (23), and the second protrusion (23) set in the first stop groove (416), and slide in the first stop groove (416);
    当所述折叠机构(100)处于展平状态时,所述第二凸起(23)与所述第一止位槽(416)的第一端壁(4161)接触,当所述折叠机构(100)处于闭合状态时,所述第二凸起(23)与所述第一止位槽(416)的第二端壁(4162)接触。When the folding mechanism (100) is in the flattened state, the second protrusion (23) is in contact with the first end wall (4161) of the first stop groove (416), and when the folding mechanism ( 100) in the closed state, the second protrusion (23) is in contact with the second end wall (4162) of the first stop groove (416).
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(100)包括第二支撑板(30)以及第二连接臂(50),所述中壳(10)包括第三转动部(103)以及第四转动部(104),所述第三转动部(103)位于所述第一转动部(101)与所述第四转动部(104)之间,所述第二支撑板(30)的转动部(301)转动连接所述中壳(10)的第四转动部(104),所述第二支撑板(30)的滑动部(302)位于所述第四转动部(104)的远离所述第三转动部(103)的一侧;The folding mechanism (100) according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that, the folding mechanism (100) comprises a second support plate (30) and a second connecting arm (50), the middle The shell (10) includes a third rotating part (103) and a fourth rotating part (104), the third rotating part (103) is located between the first rotating part (101) and the fourth rotating part (104) Between, the rotating part (301) of the second supporting plate (30) is rotatably connected with the fourth rotating part (104) of the middle shell (10), and the sliding part (302) of the second supporting plate (30) ) is located on a side of the fourth rotating portion (104) away from the third rotating portion (103);
    所述第二连接臂(50)包括转动部(501)以及滑动部(502),所述第二连接臂(50)的转动部(501)转动连接所述中壳(10)的第三转动部(103),所述第二连接臂(50)的滑动部(502)滑动连接所述第二支撑板(30)的滑动部(302)。The second connecting arm (50) includes a rotating part (501) and a sliding part (502), and the rotating part (501) of the second connecting arm (50) is connected to the third rotating part of the middle shell (10). part (103), the sliding part (502) of the second connecting arm (50) is slidably connected to the sliding part (302) of the second support plate (30).
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(100)还包括配合件(60),所述配合件(60)包括固定部(61)、第一勾部(62)以及第二勾部(63),所述第一勾部(62)与所述第二勾部(63)连接于所述固定部(61)的两端;The folding mechanism (100) according to claim 9, characterized in that, the folding mechanism (100) further comprises a fitting (60), and the fitting (60) includes a fixing part (61), a first hook part (62) and a second hook portion (63), the first hook portion (62) and the second hook portion (63) are connected to both ends of the fixing portion (61);
    所述固定部(61)固定于所述中壳(10),所述第一勾部(62)勾设于所述第一支撑板(20),所述第二勾部(63)勾设于第二支撑板(30),所述第一支撑板(20)相对所述第一勾部(62)转动,所述第二支撑板(30)相对所述第二勾部(63)转动。The fixing part (61) is fixed on the middle shell (10), the first hook part (62) is hooked on the first support plate (20), and the second hook part (63) is hooked on On the second support plate (30), the first support plate (20) rotates relative to the first hook (62), and the second support plate (30) rotates relative to the second hook (63) .
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述第二连接臂(50)与所述第一连接臂(40)啮合。The folding mechanism (100) according to Claim 9, characterized in that, the second connecting arm (50) is engaged with the first connecting arm (40).
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(100)还包括第三支撑板(80),所述第一支撑板(20)连接所述中壳(10)与所述第三支撑板(80);The folding mechanism (100) according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that, the folding mechanism (100) further comprises a third support plate (80), and the first support plate (20) is connected to The middle shell (10) and the third support plate (80);
    所述第三支撑板(80)包括滑动部(82)和第一固定部(83),所述第三支撑板(80)的滑动部(82)滑动连接所述第一支撑板(20),所述第三支撑板(80)的第一固定部(83)转动连接所述第一连接臂(40)。The third support plate (80) includes a sliding part (82) and a first fixing part (83), and the sliding part (82) of the third support plate (80) is slidably connected to the first support plate (20) , the first fixing portion (83) of the third support plate (80) is rotatably connected to the first connecting arm (40).
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述第三支撑板(80)的滑 动部(82)包括滑孔(821),所述第一支撑板(20)的一部分设置于所述滑孔(821)内,且在所述滑孔(821)内滑动。The folding mechanism (100) according to claim 12, characterized in that, the sliding part (82) of the third supporting plate (80) includes a sliding hole (821), and a part of the first supporting plate (20) It is arranged in the sliding hole (821) and slides in the sliding hole (821).
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的折叠机构(100),其特征在于,所述第一固定部(83)为凸起结构,所述第一连接臂(40)设有第一固定槽(418),第三支撑板(80)的第一连接部(83)在第一连接臂(40)的第一固定槽(418)内转动。The folding mechanism (100) according to claim 12, characterized in that, the first fixing part (83) is a protruding structure, and the first connecting arm (40) is provided with a first fixing groove (418), The first connecting portion (83) of the third support plate (80) rotates in the first fixing slot (418) of the first connecting arm (40).
  15. 一种电子设备(1),其特征在于,包括第一壳体(200)、第二壳体(300)以及如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的折叠机构(100),所述折叠机构(100)连接所述第一壳体(200)与所述第二壳体(300),所述折叠机构(100)用于使所述第一壳体(200)和所述第二壳体(300)相对折叠或展开,其中,所述第一连接臂(40)固定于所述第一壳体(200);An electronic device (1), characterized by comprising a first housing (200), a second housing (300) and the folding mechanism (100) according to any one of claims 1 to 14, the The folding mechanism (100) connects the first casing (200) and the second casing (300), and the folding mechanism (100) is used to make the first casing (200) and the second casing The housing (300) is relatively folded or unfolded, wherein the first connecting arm (40) is fixed to the first housing (200);
    所述柔性屏(2000)包括依次排列的第一非弯折部(2100)、弯折部(2200)以及第二非弯折部(2300),所述第一非弯折部(2100)固定于所述第一壳体(200),所述第二非弯折部(2300)固定于所述第二壳体(300),在所述第一壳体(200)与所述第二壳体(300)相对展开或闭合的过程中,所述弯折部(2200)发生形变。The flexible screen (2000) includes a first non-bending part (2100), a bending part (2200) and a second non-bending part (2300) arranged in sequence, and the first non-bending part (2100) is fixed In the first shell (200), the second non-bending portion (2300) is fixed to the second shell (300), and between the first shell (200) and the second shell During the relative unfolding or closing process of the body (300), the bending part (2200) is deformed.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的电子设备(1),其特征在于,所述第一连接臂(40)的第一连接臂本体(41)与所述柔性屏(2000)的错开设置。The electronic device (1) according to Claim 15, characterized in that, the first connecting arm body (41) of the first connecting arm (40) and the flexible screen (2000) are arranged in a staggered manner.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的电子设备(1),其特征在于,所述第一壳体(200)包括边框(210)和中板(220),所述边框(210)连接所述中板(220),且所述边框(210)围绕所述中板(220);The electronic device (1) according to claim 16, characterized in that, the first housing (200) comprises a frame (210) and a middle board (220), and the frame (210) is connected to the middle board ( 220), and the frame (210) surrounds the middle plate (220);
    所述第一非弯折部(2100)固定所述第一壳体(200)的中板(220),所述第一连接臂(40)的第一连接臂本体(41)固定所述边框(210)。The first non-bending part (2100) fixes the middle plate (220) of the first casing (200), and the first connecting arm body (41) of the first connecting arm (40) fixes the frame (210).
PCT/CN2023/070823 2022-01-25 2023-01-06 Folding mechanism and electronic device WO2023142960A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210088310.8 2022-01-25
CN202210088310.8A CN116540834A (en) 2022-01-25 2022-01-25 Folding mechanism and electronic equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023142960A1 true WO2023142960A1 (en) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=87452951

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/070823 WO2023142960A1 (en) 2022-01-25 2023-01-06 Folding mechanism and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116540834A (en)
WO (1) WO2023142960A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN208421695U (en) * 2018-07-13 2019-01-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic equipment
CN209373959U (en) * 2018-10-26 2019-09-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic equipment
CN111583791A (en) * 2020-05-07 2020-08-25 昆山国显光电有限公司 Flexible screen supporting device and flexible screen terminal
CN212155434U (en) * 2020-03-30 2020-12-15 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 Two-plate water drop-shaped inward-folding rotating mechanism based on fixed shaft
CN212509199U (en) * 2020-07-02 2021-02-09 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 Multi-mode opening and closing water drop-shaped inward-folding rotating mechanism
CN212643301U (en) * 2020-07-08 2021-03-02 拓米(成都)应用技术研究院有限公司 Folding hinge mechanism capable of carrying small-size flexible screen and folding equipment
CN217718537U (en) * 2022-03-09 2022-11-01 华为技术有限公司 Folding mechanism and electronic equipment

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN208421695U (en) * 2018-07-13 2019-01-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic equipment
CN209373959U (en) * 2018-10-26 2019-09-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic equipment
CN212155434U (en) * 2020-03-30 2020-12-15 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 Two-plate water drop-shaped inward-folding rotating mechanism based on fixed shaft
CN111583791A (en) * 2020-05-07 2020-08-25 昆山国显光电有限公司 Flexible screen supporting device and flexible screen terminal
CN212509199U (en) * 2020-07-02 2021-02-09 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 Multi-mode opening and closing water drop-shaped inward-folding rotating mechanism
CN212643301U (en) * 2020-07-08 2021-03-02 拓米(成都)应用技术研究院有限公司 Folding hinge mechanism capable of carrying small-size flexible screen and folding equipment
CN217718537U (en) * 2022-03-09 2022-11-01 华为技术有限公司 Folding mechanism and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116540834A (en) 2023-08-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11416039B2 (en) Complex moving/rotating pivot shaft device
CN110045788B (en) Folding electronic device
CN112460136B (en) Double-rotating-shaft mechanism, folding assembly and electronic equipment
WO2023011070A1 (en) Rotating mechanism and electronic device
CN213458799U (en) Folding mechanism and terminal equipment
CN217502265U (en) Rotating mechanism and electronic equipment
CN217849479U (en) Rotating shaft mechanism and foldable equipment
US11889644B2 (en) Hinge assembly and electronic device
US20240019911A1 (en) Hinge component and electronic device
CN217718537U (en) Folding mechanism and electronic equipment
CN114017436B (en) Hinge, flexible display panel and electronic device
WO2023142960A1 (en) Folding mechanism and electronic device
US20240129389A1 (en) Foldable Mechanism and Foldable Terminal
WO2023001105A1 (en) Folding mechanism and electronic device
CN116696929B (en) Damping mechanism, folding hinge and electronic equipment
EP4343162A1 (en) Rotating shaft mechanism and terminal device
WO2022228158A1 (en) Folding mechanism and electronic device
WO2024139433A1 (en) Foldable electronic device and rotating shaft mechanism thereof
WO2024140514A1 (en) Hinge mechanism and electronic device
WO2023231371A1 (en) Folding apparatus, folding housing, and electronic device
WO2023093860A1 (en) Rotary shaft mechanism and electronic apparatus
CN117351844B (en) Rotating mechanism and foldable electronic device
WO2024067615A1 (en) Electronic device and foldable mechanism
WO2024082743A1 (en) Foldable electronic device and rotary shaft mechanism thereof
WO2024061020A1 (en) Rotating mechanism and foldable electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23745845

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1